Skip to main content

Full text of "Old worlds for new; a study of the post-industrial state"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 
OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


3 


^  Jtpa 


2 


Old  Worlds  for  New 

A  Study  of  the  Post-Industrial  State 


By 


Arthur  J.  Penty 

Author  of  "The  Restoration  of  the  Guild  System' 


KEW  YORK:  SUNWISE  TURN,  Txc.  2  EAST  3isr  ST. 
LONDON:    GEORGE    ALLEN    &    UNWIN    LTD. 
RUSKIN   HOUSE     40  MUSEUM  STREET,  W.C.  i 


First  published  in  /y/7 


(All  rights  reserved) 


Bus.  Admin. 
Library 


TO 
E.  T. 


970554 


PREFACE 

THE  scope  of  this  volume  is  suggested  by  its 
title  :  Old  Worlds  for  New;  a  Study  of  the 
Post-Industrial  State,  for  it  suggests  at  once  the 
paradox  which  lies  at  the  centre  of  our  social 
life — that  in  order  to  go  forward  it  is  necessary 
to  look  back.  This  truth,  which  was  apparent 
to  many  in  the  period  before  the  war,  is  more 
apparent  to-day.  It  needs  little  insight  into  social 
and  political  questions  to  realize  that  the  war 
marks  the  close  of  an  era  in  our  civilization, 
and  that  the  task  of  social  reconstruction  can  no 
longer  be  delayed.  After  the  war,  when  the 
artificial  and  unnatural  prosperity  which  we  now 
enjoy  is  over,  all  the  glaring  contradictions  of 
our  civilization  will  stand  out  before  us,  naked 
in  their  ugliness,  and  woe  betide  us  if  in  that 
supreme  crisis  the  mind  of  the  nation  is  still  un- 
prepared. For  no  despot  alone,  however  great, 
can  save  society.  The  success  of  any  measures 
which  he  might  initiate  for  the  public  good  is 
conditioned  and  limited  in  every  direction  by  the 
general  level  of  thought  and  intelligence  of  the 
community . 

Recognizing,  then,  the  extreme  gravity  of  the 


8  PREFACE 

situation  and  the  importance  of  meeting  the  im- 
pending crisis  with  well  ascertained  and  clearly 
defined  principles,  I  am  seeking  now,  by  the 
publication  in  book  form  of  a  series  of  articles 
written  for  the  Daily  Herald  in  the  months 
immediately  preceding  the  outbreak  of  war,  to 
secure  a  wider  recognition  for  certain  fundamental 
principles  of  social  organization  which  in  our  day 
have  fallen  into  desuetude.  Their  revival,  I  am 
convinced,  must  precede  the  task  of  social  recon- 
struction. The  experience  of  the  war  has  not 
shaken,  but  has  confirmed,  my  belief  in  their  truth  ; 
indeed,  the  war  itself  I  cannot  but  regard  as 
evidence  in  support  of  them.  It  is  the  inevitable 
catastrophic  ending  of  a  society  which  has  chosen 
to  deny  the  law  of  its  own  being. 

Though  the  text  of  the  articles  has  been  revised 
for  publication  in  a  more  permanent  form,  it 
remains  substantially  unaltered.  Owing  to  the 
outbreak  of  the  war  the  series  came  to  a  pre- 
mature end  ;  and  in  consequence  the  last  four  now 
appear  for  the  first  time.  As  the  reader  will 
gather  from  the  first  article,  they  were  written  as 
an  attempt  to  formulate  a  new  policy  for  that 
section  of  the  Socialist  movement  which  was  losing 
its  faith  in  the  all-sufficiency  of  the  gospel  of 
Collectivism.  As  such  they  failed  in  their  more 
immediate  purpose.  By  general  consent  a  system 
of  Local  Guilds  which  I  advocated  was  deemed 
not  immediately  practicable.  With  that  decision 
I  am  in  full  accord.  Nowadays  I  can  see  only 
too  clearly  that  the  gulf  which  separates  such  a 


PREFACE  9 

system  from  practical  politics  is,  at  the  moment, 
too  wide  to  be  bridged,  and  that  the  National 
Guild  policy,  with  its  demand  for  the  abolition 
of  the  Wage  System,  is  the  one  for  to-day.  But 
National  Guilds  can  have  no  finality  about  them. 
Once  the  workers  find  themselves  in  the  pos- 
session of  industry  the  fundamental  contradic- 
tions which  underlie  industrialism  will  demand 
a  solution,  and  that  demand  will  set  us  on 
the  road  to  Local  Guilds.  "  The  old  ideas,"  once 
said  Mr.  Chesterton,  "  are  coming  in  again  ;  but 
they  are  coming  in  walking  backwards."  That 
is  the  way  in  which  the  Guild  idea  advances  to- 
day. Under  the  guise  of  National  Guilds,  a  step 
backward  is  being  taken  by  men  who  for  the 
most  part  fail  to  realize  that  industrialism  is 
doomed  to  dissolution  and  decay. 

For  my  changed  attitude  on  this  issue  the  war 
is  responsible.  Hitherto  I  had  supposed  that 
society  was  to  be  reconstructed  by  peaceable  means 
— at  any  rate  under  the  normal  conditions  which 
peace  presupposes— r-for  though  I  recognized  the 
possibility  of  revolution,  it  did  not  appear  to  me 
to  be  in  any  way  imminent.  Under  such  con- 
ditions the  National  Guild  proposal,  to  carry  the 
citadel  of  capitalism  by  assault,  appeared  to  me 
to  be  rather  impracticable.  Capitalism,  I  thought, 
would  have  to  be  undermined  ;  it  would  never 
yield  to  a  frontal  attack.  But  the  war  has  altered 
the  factors  of  the  problem.  Capitalism  no  longer 
appears  impregnable.  Indeed,  I  feel  the  war  by 
its  reactions  will  break  it  up,  and  in  all  proba- 


10  PREFACE 

bility  precipitate  a  revolution.  In  this  light  the 
National  Guild  propaganda  acquires  a  new  sig- 
nificance. The  fact  of  the  war  has  brought  it 
within  the  range  of  practical  politics,  for  what 
was  impossible  in  times  of  peace  may  be  possible 
in  a  time  of  revolution. 

Meanwhile  political  development  tends  to  con- 
firm my  belief  in  the  truth  of  the  old  principles  of 
social  organization.  Considering  that  these  prin- 
ciples are  antipathetic  to  those  of  Collectivism, 
and  that  the  State  is  to  be  seen  everywhere  in- 
creasing its  hold — that  railways,  shipping,  endless 
factories  and  coalfields  have  come  under  Govern- 
ment control,  and  that  it  is  more  than  probable 
that  circumstances  after  the  war  will  increasingly 
compel  the  State  to  interfere  in  the  management 
of  industry,  it  may  not  unreasonably  be  asked 
what  grounds  I  have  for  'such  confidence.  To  this 
I  answer  that,  apart  from  the  coalfields,  which  may 
eventually  be  nationalized,  and  to  State  ownership 
of  natural  monopolies,  to  which  there  can  be  no 
objection,  it  will  be  seen  as  the  present  scheme 
of  things  unfolds  that  this  State  activity  does  not 
tend  towards  the  collectivization  of  industry,  but 
towards  a  revival  of  the  Guilds.  That  confusion 
should  exist  on  this  point  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
all  State  action  in  relation  to  industry  has  quite 
unreasonably  come  to  be  regarded  as  Collectivist. 
Such,  however,  is  far  from  being  the  case. 
Whether  Governmental  interference  with  industry 
is  to  be  regarded  as  Collectivist  or  not,  all  depends 
upon  the  nature  of  the  interference  itself.  If  its 


PREFACE  11 

aim  be  to  take  the  direction  of  industry  out  of 
private  hands  and  to  place  it  in  the  hands  of 
officials,  then  it  is  Collectivist  ;  but  if,  on  the 
contrary,  its  aim  be  to  protect  the  public  or  the 
workers  against  capitalist  abuses,  then  the  State 
is  merely  resuming  the  functions  which  in  the 
Middle  Ages  were  performed  by  the  Guilds,  and 
which  in  the  future  will  be  performed  by  the 
revived  Guilds.  Once  embarked  upon  a  policy 
of  regulating  prices  the  State  will,  as  the  system 
extends,  find  itself  compelled  to  seek  the  re- 
creation of  the  Guilds  in  order  to  give  practical 
effect  to  its  intentions. 

Fixed  prices,  then,  is  a  path  to  the  Guilds. 
This  is  a  certainty,  for  in  this  connection  history 
is  repeating  itself.  It  was  to  guard  society  against 
the  evils  of  an  unregulated  currency  that  the 
Guilds  were  instituted  in  the  past.  The  Guild 
legislators  realized  that  a  currency,  when  unregu- 
lated, lent  itself  to  manipulation  for  profit,  and 
being  determined  to  restrict  currency  to  its  legiti- 
mate use  as  a  medium  of  exchange,  they  sought 
a  remedy  in  fixed  prices.  Once  grasp  the 
economic  necessity  of  fixed  prices  and  the  whole 
range  of  Guild  regulations  becomes  intelligible. 
In  order  to  fix  prices,  it  becomes  necessary  to 
maintain  a  standard  of  quality.  As  a  standard  of 
quality  cannot  be  defined  finally  in  the  terms  of 
law,  it  is  necessary,  in  order  to  uphold  a  standard, 
to  place  authority  in  the  hands  of  craft  masters — 
a  consensus  of  opinion  among  whom  constitutes  the 
final  Court  of  Appeal.  In  order  to  ensure  a 


12  PREFACE 

supply  of  masters  it  is  necessary  to  train  appren- 
tices, to  regulate  the  size  of  the  workshop,  hours 
of  labour,  the  volume  of  production,  and  the  like. 
The  first  link  in  this  chain  of  economic  necessity 
has  already  been  forged,  the  rest  is  only  a  matter 
of  time. 

The  force  which  is  driving  things  in  this  direc- 
tion is,  at  the  moment,  "-  rising  prices."  After 
the  war  other  forces  will  make  themselves  felt. 
The  tendency  to-day  towards  servile  conditions 
of  labour  has  its  counterpart  in  the  growth  of 
"  industrial  unrest,"  and  it  needs  but  the  unem- 
ployed problem  which  will  follow  the  war,  if 
not  immediately,  then  in  a  year  or  two,  to  open 
wide  the  floodgates  of  anarchy  and  revolution. 
Confronted  with  this,  our  statesmen  will  be  help- 
less, for  they  lack  any  comprehension  of  the 
problem  of  our  society  as  a  whole.  Politicians 
have  for  so  long  been  concerned  with  secondary 
things  in  society,  while  discussions  of  primary 
and  fundamental  principles  were  at  such  a  dis- 
count, that  they  are  without  the  mental  equipment 
which  a  great  crisis  demands.  Evidence  of  their 
lack  of  grip  on  reality  is  forthcoming  on  every 
hand.  Though  they  realize  that  the  demobili- 
zation of  the  forces  and  the  closing  down  of  the 
munition  factories  will  bring  upon  us  an  unem- 
ployed problem  on  an  unprecedented  scale,  and 
though  they  are  proposing  certain  measures  for 
coping  with  it,  they  yet  remain  for  the  most 
part  unconscious  of  the  real  peril  that  confronts 
them,  consoling  themselves  with  the  comforting 


PREFACE  13 

thought  that,  bad  as  things  are  likely  to  be,  the 
dislocation  of  industry  will  only  be  temporary, 
and  that  the  unemployed  problem  will  tend  to 
disappear  before  the  anticipated  revival  of  trade. 
That  there  are  real  grounds  for  any  such 
optimism  is  to  be  doubted.  That  trade  will  not 
revive  after  the  war  may  perhaps  be  difficult  to 
prove,  but  there  are  many  reasons  for  believing 
that  such  will  be  the  case.  It  would  appear  that 
the  limits  of  industrial  expansion  (a  further  in- 
crease of  which  is  essential  to  a  revival  of  trade, 
if  industry  is  to  remain  on  its  present  basis) 
was  reached  before  the  war  ;  and  that  the  war 
itself  was  the  direct  consequence  of  the  economic 
impasse  which  had  been  created.  Professor 
Hauser  '  tells  us  in  this  connection  that  in  Ger- 
many the  ratio  of  productivity,  due  to  never- 
slackening  energy,  technique,  and  scientific  de- 
velopment, was  before  the  war  far  outstripping 
the  ratio  of  demand.  Production  was  no  longer 
controlled  by  demand,  but  by  plant.  What  the 
Americans  call  overhead  expenses  had  increased 
to  such  an  enormous  extent  that  no  furnace  could 
be  damped  down  and  no  machine  stopped  ;  for 
the  overhead  expenses  would  then  eat  up  the 
profits,  and  the  whole  industrial  organization  come 
crashing  down,  bringing  with  it  national  bank- 
ruptcy. To  avert  this  impending  catastrophe,  the 
Germans  chose  to  resort  to  war.  .We  miss  the 
lesson  which  this  war  should  teach  us,  If  we  think 

1  Germany's  Commercial  Grip  of  the  World,  by  Professor 
Hauser  (Eveleigh  Nash). 


14  PREFACE 

that  their  watchword,  "  World  power  or  down- 
fall," was  merely  the  product  of  a  'diseased 
imagination.  The  truth  is,  it  had  become  for 
them  an  economic  necessity.  It  was  a  desperate 
effort  to  escape  from  the  consequences  of  un- 
regulated machine  production. 

I  insist  upon  a  frank  recognition  of  this  fact, 
for  our  natural  and  justifiable  disgust  at  the 
arrogance  of  Prussian  militarism  appears  to  have 
entirely  blinded  us  to  the  ugly  economic  facts 
which  lay  behind  the  war.  The  anti -climax  in 
which  unregulated  production  in  Germany  had 
ended  would,  apart  from  the  war,  not  only  before 
long  have  overtaken  us,  but  the  whole  of  .Western 
civilization.  For  industrialism  was  everywhere 
travelling  along  the  same  road,  and  I  do  not 
exaggerate  when  I  say  that  so  far  as  our  welfare 
and  happiness  are  concerned,  it  is  a  matter  of  life 
and  death  with  us  that  this  fact  should  be  publicly 
recognized.  If  discussion  to-day  is  to  be  taken 
as  any  indication  of  the  policy  which  we  are  to 
pursue  after  the  war,  we  appear  to  be  heading 
blindfold  to  disaster.  Nowhere  do  I  see  any 
recognition  of  the  ugly  fact  that  the  industrial 
system  has  reached  its  limit  of  expansion.  On 
the  contrary,  our  policy  for  after  the  war,  a  cynic 
might  say,  is  to  make  bad  worse — to  reproduce, 
in  fact,  in  an  intensified  form,  the  very  conditions 
which  have  brought  the  war  about. 

The  economic  isolation  of  Germany,  on  which 
our  faith  for  the  future  is  based,  is  to  be  recom- 
mended just  to  the  extent  that  it  is  in  the  interests 


PREFACE  15 

of  every  country  to  be  as  self-contained  as  pos- 
sible. But  such  a  policy  fails  to  touch  the  central 
issue  of  over-production,  which  will  be  staring 
us  in  the  face  after  the  war.1  It  is  admitted  that 
we  shall  have  to  face  a  decreased  purchasing 
power  among  all  the  belligerent  nations.  This 
of  itself  is  sufficient  to  precipitate  catastrophe, 
when  we  remember  that  our  industries  can  only 
be  made  to  pay  on  the  assumption  that  we  can 
dispose  of  our  goods  in  ever  increasing  quantities. 
But  where  shall  we  be  if  the  advance  guards  of 
industrialism  get  their  own  way  with  their  policy 
of  still  further  extending  the  volume  of  production 
by  increased  specialization?  Clearly  it  can  only 
make  matters  worse.  Such  a  policy,  instead  of 
helping  us  to  solve  our  unemployed  problem,  can 
only  intensify  it.  For  the  organization  of  industry 
on  a  basis  of  "  scientific  management  "  will  not 
increase,  but  decrease  the  demand  for  labour.2 
The  old  Manchester  School  doctrine  that  a  reduc- 
tion of  prices  (at  which  this  policy  aims)  will 
be  followed  by  an  increase  of  demand  will  not 
hold  good  after  the  war,  because  it  presupposes, 
among  other  things,  that  the  major  part  of  the 
nation  is  already  in  employment. 

1  This  problem  will  be  aggravated  by  the  shortage  of 
shipping  which  is  resulting  from  the  submarine  campaign 
and  will  popularly  be  entirely  ascribed  to  it. 

3  In  the  Minority  Report  of  the  Poor  Law  Commission  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Webb  say :  "  There  is  no  denying  that  nowadays 
machinery  is  displacing  labour."  If  this  was  true  before  the 
war,  how  much  more  so  will  it  be  after  it,  quite  apart  from 
"  scientific  management." 


16  PREFACE 

Such,  then,  is  the  dilemma  which  will  confront 
us,  and  I  should  imagine  that  the  only  conclusion 
to  which  any  rational  person  could  come  would 
be  that,  if  going  forward  can  only  lead  us  to 
further  disasters,  we  must  make  up  our  minds 
to  go  back.  How  long  it  will  take  us  to 
swallow  our  pride  and  come  to  that  decision 
I  do  not  know  ;  but  come  to  it  finally  we 
must,  for  there  is  no  alternative.  What  I  fear, 
however,  is  that  instead  of  courageously  facing 
the  issue  in  a  bold  and  constructive  way,  such  as 
a  frank  recognition  of  the  fact  that  the  days  of 
unregulated  production  are  over  might  beget,  we 
shall  stupidly  pursue  a  dual  policy  of  seeking  on 
the  one  hand  by  labour-saving  machinery  and 
"  scientific  management  "  to  reduce  the  wage  bill, 
and  on  the  other  to  deal  with  ;the  consequent 
unemployment  by  means  of  State  subsidies  and 
private  philanthropy.  The  result  will  be  that  we 
shall  get  nowhere  in  particular,  or,  what  is  more 
than  probable,  that  we  shall  embark  on  new  mili- 
tary enterprises  in  a  vain  endeavour  to  restore  to 
society  some  of  the  apparent  prosperity  which 
accompanies  the  war  to-day. 

I  said  that  if  further  disasters  are  'to  be  averted, 
we  shall  have  to  make  up  our  minds  to  go  back. 
But,  comes  the  question,  how?  The  answer  is 
simplicity  itself — by  the  reversal  of  our  economic 
policy.  To  the  popular  mind  such  a  reversal 
connotes  nothing  more  than  the  abandonment  of 
the  principles  of  Free  Trade  in  favour  of  Pro- 
tection. But  the  issue  of  Free  Trade  and  Protec- 


PREFACE  17 

tion  is  not  the  central  issue.  Like  all  the  issues 
in  current  politics,  it  is  on  the  circumference  of 
things.  Free  Trade  or  Protection  will  not  of 
itself  effect  a  fundamental  change.  The  rich  will 
still  continue  to  invest  their  surplus  wealth  for 
further  increase  on  the  assumption  not  only  that 
their  private  fortunes  will  be  thereby  enlarged, 
but  that  such  investment  gives  employment.  One 
hundred  and  fifty  years  ago,  when  this  doctrine 
was  'first  enunciated,  there  was  perhaps  something 
in  it.  But  it  certainly  is  not  true  to-day,  when 
the  investment  of  surplus  wealth  for  further  in- 
crease in  most  cases  has  the  very  opposite  effect. 
It  decreases  employment,  and  it  decreases  it 
because  the  aim  of  most  new  business  'enterprises 
to-day  is  to  supplant  the  man  by  the  machine. 
It  does  not  to-day  increase  the  national  wealth, 
but  the  overhead  expenses  of  industry,  which,  by 
making  our  industrial  system  more  and  more  top- 
heavy,  renders  it  still  more  unstable. 

Viewed  in  this  light  the  reversal  of  our  economic 
policy  means  that,  instead  of  concentrating  our 
energies  on  the  increase  of  supply  while  leaving 
demand  to  take  care  of  itself,  we  should  aim  at 
maintaining  a  balance  between  demand  and 
supply  ;  and  the  way  to  adjust  this  balance  to- 
day is  to  advise  people  not  to  re -in vest  surplus 
wealth,  but  to  spend  it  in  the  way  it  was  the 
custom  to  spend  it  before  the  introduction  of 
machinery  and  the  limited  liability  company  made 
possible  constant  reinvestment.  To  advise  rich 
people  to  use  their  money  in  this  way  will  doubtless 

2 


18  PREFACE 

appear  to  many  to  be  a  counsel  of  perfection 
which  will  not  be  listened  to.  But  I  am  no 
pessimist  in  the  matter.  In  the  first  place,  because 
I  believe  a  great  proportion  of  the  rich  to-day 
reinvest  rather  than  spend  their  money,  not  from 
any  particular  motive  of  gain,  but  because  it 
is  the  custom  ;  and  in  the  next,  because  the 
remainder  will  find  after  the  war  that  the  only 
way  to  secure  themselves  against  personal  violence 
is  to  use  their  money  for  the  direct  purpose  of 
giving  employment. 

In  the  past  surplus  wealth  was  spent,  among 
other  things,  upon  the  crafts  and  architecture, 
for  building  was  never  expected  to  pay.  In 
this  connection  it  may  be  interesting  to  quote 
the  words  of  Pericles,  who,  in  answer  to  some  who 
complained  that  Athens  was  over-adorned  like  a 
woman  wearing  too  many  jewels,  replied  that 
surplus  wealth  was  best  spent  upon  such  works 
as  would  bring  eternal  glory  to  the  city  and  at 
the  same  time  employ  her  artificers.  I  might 
add  that  many  of  the  Greek  Temples  were  built 
to  find  a  solution  to  unemployed  problems. 

kWhile  at  one  end  of  the  industrial  scale  our 
policy  should  be  to  get  money  spent  freely  on 
architecture  and  the  crafts,  thinking  of  architecture 
in  the  broadest  sense  as  including  all  good  build- 
ing, at  the  other  end  agriculture  should  be  revived. 
I  feel  little  disposition  to  enlarge  upon  this  issue, 
because  I  feel  that  it  is  going  to  be  done,  though 
perhaps  from  a  different  motive.  Suffice  it,  how- 
ever, to  say  that  it  is  vital  for  the  solution  of  our 


PREFACE  19 

problems  that  the  agricultural  worker  should  be 
paid  a  wage  equivalent  to  that  of  the  industrial 
worker.  Let  us  break  for  ever  with  the  com- 
mercial tradition  that  useful  work  should  be  badly 
paid,  for  there  is  no  more  fruitful  source  of  corrup- 
tion in  our  midst  than  the  knowledge  that  it  is 
only  by  humbug  and  pretence  that  a  man  can 
escape  from  poverty. 

It  remains  for  me  to  thank  the  Editor  of  the 
Daily  Herald  for  permission  to  reprint  such  of 
the  articles  as  appeared  in  his  journal,  and  the 
Editor  of  the  New  Age  for  permission  to  reprint 
part  of  this  preface. 

A.  J.  P. 

66,  STRAND  ON  GREEN,  W  4 

January  1917 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

PREFACE            .               .               .               .  .  .7 

I.     THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE      .               .  .  .23 

II.     ON  REASONING  FROM  FACT    .               .  .  .30 

III.     THE    ECONOMIC,    MORAL,  AND  POLITICAL  CONTRA- 
DICTIONS OF  COLLECTIVISM             .  .  -37 

IV.  THE  MEDIAEVAL  GUILD  SYSTEM  .  .  .44 

V.  NATIONAL  GUILDS  AND  THE  GENERAL  STRIKE  .  50 

VI.     THE  ABOLITION   OF  THE   WAGE  SYSTEM  .  .      58 

VII.      THE  EVIL  OF  LARGE   ORGANIZATIONS  .  .      65 

VIII.      THE   DIVISION   OF   LABOUR      .               .  .  .74 

IX.  MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY  .  .  .  .82 

X.  MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY  .  .  .  .89 

XI.      THE   ULTIMATE   BASE  OF  INDUSTRIALISM  .  .      96 

XII.  THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT  .  .  .103 

XIII.  THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION  .  .  ,110 


22  CONTENTS 

PACK 

XIV.  THE  TYRANNY  OF  THE   MIDDLEMAN                 .               .117 

XV.  THE  STRIKE   FOR  QUALITY     .               .               .               .123 

XVI.  THE   ELIMINATION   OF  THE   MIDDLEMAN       .               .    130 

XVII.  THE  DECENTRALIZATION  OF  INDUSTRY                         .    135 

XVIII.  THE   REDISTRIBUTION   OF   POPULATION          .               .    140 

XIX.  THE   REABSORPTION   OF  THE   PROFESSIONS                  .    145 

XX.  THE  TRADE   DESIGNER            .              .              .               .152 

XXI.  THE   PROFESSION  OF  ARCHITECTURE               .               .    157 

XXII.  THE      DESTRUCTIVE      CONSUMPTION      OF      SURPLUS 

WEALTH         ......   163 

XXIII.  ON   PROPERTY                .....   169 

XXIV.  THE   LEISURE  AND  WORK  STATES      .               .               .    175 

XXV.  CONCLUSION     ,                                               .                               .    l8l 


OLD  WORLDS  FOR  NEW 


THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE 

To  one  who  is  accustomed  to  view  political 
activity  from  the  somewhat  detached  and  isolated 
standpoint  of  the  social  philosopher,  there  is 
something  pathetic,  not  to  say  tragic,  about  the 
way  Socialists  are  quarrelling  among  themselves 
to-day.  And  this  not  merely  because  capitalism 
is  secure  so  long  as  they  are  content  to  con- 
sume their  energies  in  mutual  recrimination,  but 
because  Socialists  themselves  fail  for  the  most 
part  to  discern  clearly  the  root  of  the  mischief. 
Abuse  was  at  the  beginning  poured  upon  the 
Labour  Party  for  its  lack  of  courage  and  its 
inability  to  shape  out  an  independent  line  of 
action.  Nowadays,1  those  who  acted  more 
courageously  are  being  made  to  suffer.  It  looks 
as  if  the  experience  of  the  French  Revolution, 
when  each  group  of  reformers  and  enthusiasts 
was  in  turn  supplanted  by  a  group  holding  still 
more  extreme  views,  is  about  to  be  repeated 

1  March  1914. 
33 


24  THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE 

in  miniature  within  the  ranks  of  the  Socialist 
movement.  And  it  is  possible  that  the  reform 
movement  to-day,  like  the  French  Revolution, 
may  suffer  a  reaction. 

Meanwhile,  the  most  extraordinary  thing  in 
the  whole  situation  is  that  few  appear  to  have 
connectefl  these  quarrels  with  certain  fundamental 
contradictions  involved  in  Socialist  theory.  It 
is  possible  for  a  man  to  be  consistent  and 
courageous  if  he  has  behind  him  a  consistent 
theory,  but  impossible  if  the  theory  be  a  bundle 
of  contradictions.  A  man  may  not  perceive  such 
inconsistencies  in  theory,  but  he  will,  nevertheless, 
not  escape  being  involved  in  them  when  he 
attempts  to  reduce  them  to  practice.  Such  in- 
consistencies will  paralyse  his  will,  and  a  man 
who  acted  courageously  at  one  time  of  his  life 
will,  to  all  appearances,  tend  to  act  like  a  coward 
at  another.  For  when  he  is  called  upon  to 
reduce  such  theories  to  practice,  his  policy  will 
become  involved  in  contradictions. 

Such,  it  appears  to  me,  has  been  the  un- 
fortunate fate  of  all  our  Socialist  politicians,  and 
I  think  we  ought  to  be  more  generous  in  our 
criticisms  of  them.  One  and  all  find  themselves 
in  a  false  position  to-day,  and  this  not  because 
of  any  particular  moral  delinquency,  such  as  in 
our  moments  of  disgust  we  are  apt  to  ascribe 
to  them,  but  because  they  have  been  committed 
to  a  theory  which,  to  use  an  Americanism,  "  does 
not  pan  out."  It  will  be  my  object  in  this 
and  the  succeeding  articles  to  explain  the  nature 


THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE  25 

of  these  contradictions  of  the  Collectivist  theory 
as  a  preliminary  towards  the  formulation  of  a' 
new  Socialist  policy. 

On  all  sides  we  are  being  told  to-day  that 
Collectivism  is  dead.  Superficially  considered, 
in  one  sense  that  is  true.  The  impossibility 
of  creating  a  new  social  order  purely  by  means 
of  political  action  is  widely  realized.  Economic 
power  precedes  political  power  is  the  new  dogma 
to  which  nowadays  we  are  asked  to  subscribe. 
Bureaucracy  has  been  discovered  to  be  a  potential 
instrument  of  class  oppression.  Syndicalism  and 
National  Guilds  are  united  in  demanding  the 
right  of  the  producer  to  a  share  in  the  control 
of  industry  as  opposed  to  control  by  the  con- 
sumer, which  was  the  faith  of  Collectivism.  But 
that  is  as  far  as  things  have  rgone.  Funda- 
mentally most  Socialists  are  Collectivists  still. 
They  have  not  yet  thrown  overboard  its  philo- 
sophy, and  not  until  it  is  repudiated  root  and 
branch  can  there  be  any  hope  of  the  growth 
of  Socialist  unity.  In  a  word,  Collectivism  as 
an  immediate  policy  is  now  fortunately  dis- 
credited, but  as  a  philosophy  it  survives  sub- 
consciously in  thought,  and  for  that  reason  it 
still  controls  the  destinies  of  the  movement. 

To  understand  any  such  theory  as  Collectivism 
it  is  necessary  in  the  first  place  to  understand 
exactly  the  circumstances  which  brought  it  into 
existence.  We  have  moved  so  far  away  from 
the  thoughts  of  the  'eighties  that  it  is  difficult 
for  us  to  realize  what  ideas  it 'sought  to  supplant. 


26  THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE 

In  those  days  almost  everybody  believed  in 
competition  as  the  only  safeguard  against 
monopoly.  The  rights  of  the  individual  and  of 
property  took  precedence  of  the  rights  of  the 
community.  In  fact,  the  idea  that  the  com- 
munity might  have  a  corporate  life  was  non- 
existent. The  Collectivist  theory  was  gradually 
evolved  from,  the  necessity  of  combating  such 
ways  of  thinking  rather  than  from  the  funda- 
mental needs  of  social  reconstruction.  In  the 
early  days  of  the  Socialist  movement  there  was 
a  great  struggle  between  William  Morris  and 
Mr.  Sidney  Webb  'and  their  supporters  in  respect 
to  the  policy  to  be  pursued.  Morris  was  un- 
doubtedly right  in  the  position  he  took  up,  because 
he  went  back  'to  the  fundamental  needs  of  human 
nature.  Mr.  Webb,  however,  triumphed  within 
the  movement  because  he  was  more  practical 
in  the  immediate  sense,  though,  as  I  shall  show 
later,  he  was  fundamentally  unsound.  He  per- 
ceived more  clearly  than  Morris  the  immediate 
work  which  might  be  done.  He  compromised 
with  things  as  they  are,  and  he  could  do  this 
because  he  was  blind  to  certain  defects  of  the 
present  system.  Morris  saw  in  industrialism  a 
great  ugly  fact  which  produced  shoddy  goods 
and  sweated  the  workers,  and  he  knew  that  these 
things  had  a  common  cause.  Mr.  Webb,  on 
the  other  hand,  without  the  fine  aesthetic  per- 
ceptions of  Morris,  saw  only  the  sweated  workers. 
He  thought  he  could  find  a  remedy  for  sweating 
as  a  separate  and  detached  issue  and  accepted 


THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE  27 

industrialism  as  an  established  fact  in  th'e  belief 
that  it  might  be  humanized.  He  was  successful 
within  the  movement  because  the  majority  had 
not  then  begun  to  suspect  industrialism,  for  the 
gulf  which  separated  Morris  from  the  masses 
was  in  his  day  too  wide  to  'be  bridged. 
Before  that  was  possible  much  spade-work  had 
to  be  done,  and  the  theory  of  Collectivism  as 
evolved  by  Mr.  Webb  proved  to  be  the  only 
available  instrument  for  the  purpose. 

What  we  are  witnessing  to-day  in  the  con- 
fusion in  which  the  Socialist  movement  is 
involved  is  the  break-up  of  this  compromise, 
first  in  regard  to  policy,  and  second  in  regard 
to  theory.  When  the  Labour  Party  arrived  at 
the  House  of  Commons,  great  things  were 
expected  from  it.  Disappointment  followed.  The 
reason  is,  as  I  have  already  pointed  out,  that 
they  were  in  a  false  position  and  committed  to 
an  impossible  theory.  That  theory  in  turn  is 
now  being  exploded.  I  will  not  refer  to  the 
Syndicalist  and  National  Guilds  propaganda, 
which  have  assailed  it  from  without,  for  we  now 
have  evidence  that  it  has  utterly  broken  down 
from  within.  The  last  two  years  the  Fabian 
Society  has  been  engaged  in  collecting  data  for 
a  report  on  the  control  of  industry.  'Last  month1 
the  New  Statesman  published  the  draft  of  the 
first  part  of  the  report  written  for  the  Research 
Committee  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  Webb,  as 

1  The  Control  of  Industry,  New  Statesman  Special  Supple- 
ment, February  14,  1914. 


28  THE   FABIAN  COMPROMISE 

a  special  supplement.  We  find  there  what  many 
of  us  expected — a  proposal  to  reorganize 
industry  on  a  basis  of  "  speeding-up."  Of 
course  it  is  not  called  "  speeding-up."  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Webb  are  more  diplomatic  than  that.  They 
call  it  "  efficiency  "  and  "  discipline,"  but  there 
is  no  mistaking  their  meaning.  Criticizing  the 
Nelson  Self-Help  Manufacturing  Society,  they 
say,  in  respect  to  the  comparatively  low  output 
of  the  society,  that  "  in  private  factories,  failure 
to  produce  the  average  is  followed  by  dismissal. 
In  this  society  the  workers,  feeling  assured  that 
no  such  course  will  be  followed,  work  easily, 
pay  no  regard  to  the  possibility  of  a  division 
of  profits  if  greater  effort  were  to  be  put  forth, 
regard  themselves  as  having  a  job  for  life,  and 
take  their  work  in  a  leisurely  fashion." 

Reading  this,  we  are  not  surprised  to  find  that 
their  sympathies  are  entirely  with  the  Co-opera- 
tive Productive  Societies,  where  "  speeding-up  " 
evidently  obtains.  For,  they  tell  us,  "  these 
societies,  having  become  attached  as  subordinate 
adjuncts  to  Co-operative  Societies  of  Consumers, 
are  not  subject  to  the  special  drawbacks  of 
Associations  of  Producers,  inasmuch  as  the  Co- 
operative Societies  of  Consumers  furnish  all  the 
capital  required  and  supply  a  Committee  of 
Management  who  do  not  work  in  the  workshops. 
They  govern,  and  thus  the  manager  finds  in 
the  committee  the  support  he  needs  for  the 
maintenance  of  discipline."  There  is  no  more 
to  be  said  1  Collectivism  is  bankrupt.  It  never 


THE  FABIAN  COMPROMISE  29 

presumed  to  be  an  artistic  ideal.  It  has  ended 
in  not  even  daring  to  be  a  human  one.  The 
Anti-Socialist  who  told  us  that  Socialism  left 
human  nature  out  of  account  stands  justified. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  >Webb  evidently  support  him.  If 
this  report  is  to  become  the  democratic  pro- 
gramme of  the  future,  the  movement  will  have 
to  take  down  its  banner  on  which  is  inscribed 
"  Government  of  the  people,  by  the  people,  for 
the  people,"  and  put  in  its  place  "  Exploitation 
of  the  people,  by  the  people,  for  the  people." 
For  this,  in  substance,  is  what  the  report 
recommends. 


II 
ON  REASONING  FROM  FACT 

I  HAVE  drawn  attention  to  the  bankruptcy  in 
which  Collectivist  theory  finds  itself  nowadays, 
and  showed  how,  commencing  with  a  compromise 
with  industrialism,  it  has  ended  in  a  shameless 
advocacy  of  the  reorganization  of  industry  on 
a  basis  of  "  speeding-up."  There  are  certain 
interesting  questions  which  arise  immediately  out 
of  this  miscarriage,  which  I  now  propose  to 
discuss. 

Now  it  is  in  the  first  place  to  be  observed  that 
although  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Webb  endorse  "speeding- 
up  "  in  their  report  on  the  control  of  industry, 
if  rumour  is  to  be  credited,  there  is  little  chance 
of  the  report  being  adopted  by  the  Fabian 
Society.  Whatever  the  faults  of  the  Fabian  may 
be,  he  is,  generally  speaking,  a  humane  person, 
and  when  a  clear  and  definite  issue  presents 
itself,  as  it  does  in  this  case,  as  to  whether 
Socialists  should  or  should  not  approve  of 
"  speeding-up  "  in  industry,  there  can  be  little 
doubt  as  to  which  way  his  opinion  will  go.  I 
do  not  believe  that  the  gentle  persuasiveness  of 
Mr.  Webb  will  prevail  against  the  sentiment  of 

30 


ON  REASONING  FROM  FACT          31 

the  society  on  this  occasion.  All  the  same, 
Mr.  Webb  has  reason  on  his  side.  What  he 
recommends  may  be  inhuman,  but  it  is  the 
logical  deduction  from  Collectivist  doctrine,  and 
the  Fabian  Society  must  find  itself  in  the  position 
of  either  adopting  this  report  or  repudiating 
the  theory  of  Collectivism.  This  is,  of  course, 
if  logic  is  to  prevail  ;  for  if  it  be  true,  as 
Collectivists  affirm,  that  the  evolution  which  is 
taking  place  in  industry  is  from  a  lower  to  a 
higher  plane  of  perfection,  then  it  follows 
logically  that  the  phenomenon  which  accompanies 
such  a  transition  is  justifiable.  I  can  see  no 
escape  from  this  dilemma  for  such  as  accept 
the  Collectivist  position.  To  quote  a  popular 
phrase,  "  You  can't  eat  jyour  cake  and 
have  it." 

It  is  not  necessary  for  me  to  review  all  the 
arguments  by  which  Mr.  Belloc  showed  that  the 
trend  of  modern  legislation,  based  upon  Col- 
lectivist ideas,  is  towards  the  establishment  of 
the  Servile  State.  Only  Servile  Socialists,  who 
are  destitute  alike  of  the  sense  of  liberty  and 
human  dignity,  will  be  found  to  deny  it.  The 
point  which  I  wish  to  make  here  is  that  we  shall 
not  escape  from  this  fate  merely  by  protesting 
against  it.  If  we  are  to  ward  off  the  Servile 
State,  it  will  be  necessary  for  us  to  understand 
exactly  the  nature  of  the  forces  which  are 
alluring  us  to  our  enslavement.  To  grapple  with 
these  forces  we  shall  have  to  relinquish  many 
prejudices,  for  it  is  upon  our  prejudices  that 


32         ON  REASONING  FROM  FACT 

the  Servile  State  is  being  built.  Foremost 
among  them  is  the  prejudice  of  the  modern 
intellectual  against  all  reasoning  which  is  not 
based  upon  material  facts.  It  is  a  stupid 
prejudice,  because  it  has  this  important  defect 
— that  it  is  impossible  with  this  mental  attitude 
to  be  wise  before  the  event  ;  for  it  is  not  until 
after  the  event  that  the  facts  are  available  to 
reason  upon.  People  who  are  wise  before  the 
event  reason  from  a  metaphysical  position  and 
a  knowledge  of  human  nature.  This  is  natural, 
because  it  is  the  spirit  of  man  which  is  the 
creative  force  in  society  and  is  the  cause  of 
things.  Phenomena  are  the  manifestation  of  the 
spirit  in  the  material  universe.  To  base  our 
reasoning  on  social  questions  entirely  upon 
phenomena,  which  alone  in  these  days  are 
recognized  as  facts,  is  to  leave  out  of  our 
calculations  the  most  important  facts  of  life.  The 
facts  of  human  nature  are  not  to  be  weighed 
and  measured  by  Fabian  investigators,  and  yet 
they  are  ultimately  the  only  facts  that  matter, 
for  the  good  will  of  men  is  necessary  to  the 
smooth  working  of  any  social  system.  By 
reasoning  based  exclusively  upon  industrial 
phenomena,  it  is  possible  for  Mr.  Webb  to  arrive 
at  the  conclusion  that  "  speeding-up  "  is  a 
necessary  stage  of  economic  development.  He 
reckons,  however,  without  human  nature  when  he 
expects  men  to  submit  to  such  a  tyranny  without 
protest  ;  for  a  point  is  reached  in  the  develop- 
ment of  tyranny  when  men  will  remain  quiescent 


ON  REASONING  PROM  FACT         33 

no  longer.  A  spirit  of  restlessness  is  engendered 
which  at  any  moment  may  break  loose  in  open 
rebellion  and  upset  purely  economic  calculations. 
For  man  has  a  soul  which  craves  satisfaction, 
and  refuses  obedience  to  a  system  whose  only 
aim  is  to  make  cotton  and  buttons  as  cheaply 
as  possible.  ; 

Of  course  it  is  easy  to  understand  why 
Fabianism  should  have  degenerated  in  this  way. 
In  its  anxiety  to  find  an  immediate  remedy  for 
the  problems  of  poverty  it  ignored  the  claims 
of  art  and  philosophy,  not  understanding  that 
every  practical  problem  has  a  metaphysical 
problem  behind  it,  and  that  the  needs  of  art  in 
industry  are  identical  with  the  needs  of  human 
nature.  Further,  it  is  to  some  extent  to  be 
explained  by  the  artificial  lives  which  members 
of  the  Fabian  Society  lead.  Mr.  Webb  is 
typical.  At  first  as  a  Civil  servant,  and  then 
as  a  man  of  private  means,  he  has  lived  a 
sheltered  life  far  removed  from  the  storm  and 
stress  of  things,  while  his  legal  training  was 
the  very  worst  imaginable  for  intensifying  in 
him  sympathies  which  were  never  too  strong. 
And  so  with  respect  to  the  Fabian  Society  as 
a  whole  ;  it  is  far  too  intellectual  and  too  little 
human  ever  to  get  at  grips  with  the  realities 
of  life,  while  the  occupations  of  its  members 
are  for  the  most  part  of  too  artificial  a  nature 
to  give  them  a  fund  of  first-hand  experience. 
To  be  candid,  the  Fabians  are  the  last  people 
in  this  world  to  find  a  remedy  for  the  evils  which 

3 


34         ON  REASONING  FROM  PACT 

afflict  society.     They  are  too  much  a  part  of  the 
same   disease. 

Now  it  is  to  be  observed  that  whether  a  man 
understands  human  nature  or  not,  he  cannot  with 
safety  leave  it  outside  his  calculations.  The 
difference  between  the  Fabian  and  the  mystic 
is  not  that  the  Fabian  has  an  eye  on  facts,  and 
the  mystic  has  not,  but  that  the  Fabian  sees 
only  the  material  fact  while  the  mystic  sees  its 
spiritual  significance.  In  other  words,  the  mystic 
sees  the  exact  relation  each  separate  fact  bears 
to  the  moral  as  well  as  to  the  material  universe. 
This  arises,  of  course,  from  the  circumstance  that 
the  mystic  is  not  only  intensely  human  himself, 
but  knows  the  science  of  human  nature,  which 
is  what  we  understand  by  a  metaphysical  position. 
The  mystic,  because  of  this  knowledge,  inter- 
prets facts  in  a  different  light — in  the  light  of 
that  higher  unity  which  alone  can  reconcile 
apparent  contradictions.  In  practice  he  will  differ 
from  the  Fabian  in  this  way — that  he  will  not 
seek  to  establish  principles  by  the  mere  aggrega- 
tion of  facts.  He  knows  that  really  fundamental 
principles  are  not  to  be  discovered  in  this  way. 
On  the  other  hand,  he  perceives  in  every  fact 
the  workings  of  a  universal  principle.  Like 
Blake,  he  feels— 

A  dog  starved  at  its  master's  gate 
Predicts  the  ruin  of  the  State. 

The  reason  why  he  knows  this  is  because  at 
the  back  of  his  mind  there  is  a  conception  of 


ON  REASONING  FROM  PACT         35 

order,  which  enables  him  to  distinguish  clearly 
between  what  is  an  accidental  and  what  is  a 
permanent  factor  in  human  affairs.  The  Fabian, 
on  the  other  hand,  not  finding  this  order  within 
himself,  and  yet  at  the  same  time  feeling  the 
need  of  order,  seeks  to  discover  certainty  in  the 
external  order  of  phenomena.  Being  without 
exact  standards  of  truth,  goodness,  and  beauty, 
he  comes  to  accept  as  standards  such  things 
as  speed,  bigness,  'quantity,  and  success,  which 
henceforth  he  regards  as  the  touchstones  of 
"  efficiency."  The  mystic  knows  all  this  to  be 
pure  illusion  and  the  Fabian  finds  it  out  too  ; 
for  he  tends  daily  to  become  more  and  more  of 
an  opportunist,  and  to  settle  each  question  as 
it  arises  without  regard  to  wider  issues  ;  only 
to  find  his  predictions  falsified  at  a  later  date. 

In  The  Comments  of  Bagshot  are  some  obser- 
vations on  the  influence  of  statistics,  which  are 
interesting  to  quote  in  this  connection. 

Statistics  are  the  clinical  thermometers  of  the  modern 
world.  There  is  an  incessant  taking  of  temperatures,  followed 
by  jealous  comparison  of  the  resulting  records,  and  every 
patient  examines  not  only  his  own  but  every  other  patient's 
fever  chart.  This  is  a  chronic  source  of  jealousy  and  unrest 
in  the  modern  world.  It  tends  at  times  to  an  almost  insane 
hypochondria,  in  which  the  patient  declares  himself  ill 
beyond  recovery,  though  his  appetite  is  enormous  and  his 
growth  increasing. 

The  habit  encouraged  by  statisticians  of  weighing  quanti- 
ties, instead  of  measuring  qualities,  is  most  debasing  to  ideals 
in  a  modern  State.  It  is  habitually  taken  for  granted  that  a 


36         ON  REASONING  FROM  FACT 

nation  must  be  inferior  to  its  rivals  if  it  falls  short  of  them  in 
population,  territory,  or  volume  of  trade.  ...  Of  what  use  is 
it  to  cry  out  on  the  vulgarity  of  worshipping  wealth,  when  all 
the  great  nations  and  their  statesmen  and  spokesmen  de- 
liberately preach  to  us  that  the  richest  among  them  is  the 
greatest  ?  The  chief  need  of  Europe  to-day  is  to  recover 
the  thought  that  a  country  may  hold  the  primacy  of  the 
world  by  leading  it  in  ideas  and  the  art  of  living.  But  we 
shall  not  do  that  till  we  have  shut  half  the  Government 
departments  and  killed  all  the  statisticians.1 


1  Comments  of  Bagshol,  by  J.  A.  Spender. 


Ill 

THE    ECONOMIC,    MORAL,    AND 

POLITICAL    CONTRADICTIONS 

OF   COLLECTIVISM 

CONSIDERING  the  confusion  of  thought  in  which, 
at  the  latter  end  of  the  nineteenth  century,  art  and 
philosophy  were  enveloped,  there  was  certainly 
some  excuse  for  the  Fabian  Society  in  disregard- 
ing their  claims.  But  it  is  different  with  regard 
to  morals.  Wihen  we  remember  that  twenty  years 
before  the  Fabian  Essays  were  written,  Ruskin 
had  exposed  the  fallacies  inherent  in  the  divorce 
of  economics  from  morals,  it  is  difficult  to  absolve 
Fabians  from  the  charge  of  stupidity  in  imagining 
that  they  could  afford  to  ignore  his  teachings. 
Yet,  strange  as  this  may  seem,  it  is  stranger 
still  that  they  should  have  to  this  day  continued 
in  the  error,  when  we  remember  that  from  the 
very  start  it  has  been  behind  the  frequent  quarrels 
and  splits  in  the  Socialist  movement.  The  split 
over  the  Boer  War  provides  a  convenient  illustra- 
tion. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  Boer  War  led 
to  serious  divisions  within  the  ranks  of  the  Socialist 

57 


38    ECONOMIC,  MORAL,  AND  POLITICAL 

movement.  The  Independent  Labour  Party  and 
Social  Democratic  Federation  were  resolute  in  their 
opposition  to  it.  But  the  Fabian  Society  tem- 
porized for  a  long  time,  and  after  a  split,  when 
many  resigned  their  membership,  the  Executive 
issued  a  manifesto  in  the  form  of  a  booklet  by 
Mr.  Bernard  Shaw  entitled  Fabianism  and  the 
Empire.  la  it  the  divorce  between  Collectivist 
economics  and  Socialist  morals  first  saw  the  clear 
light  of  day.  In  this  manifesto  Mr.  Shaw  did 
not  discuss  the  moral  aspects  of  the  war.  The 
right  and  wrong  of  the  question  did  not  concern 
him.  He  accepted  the  war  as  an  established 
fact  or  a  necessary  evil.  Small  nationalities  were 
a  nuisance,  and  had  always  been  a  source  of 
trouble  and  difficulty.  A  United  South  Africa 
under  the  British  Flag,  he  told  us,  was  the  only 
possible  policy  to  support.  That  such  a  union 
should  be  brought  about  by  the  sinister  power 
of  capitalism  did  not  concern  him,  as  he  imagined 
it  would  be  a  stepping-stone  to  the  Socialist 
millennium. 

iWe  know  to-day  that  such  is  not  the  case.  A 
United  South  African  Government  is  now  an 
established  fact,  but  the  racial  troubles  have  not 
been  moderated.1  Indeed,  they  seem  to  be  only 
just  beginning.  What  the  upshot  will  be  of  all 

1  It  will  be  remembered  that  in  February  1914  there  was  a 
great  strike  in  the  Rand,  which  was  terminated  by  the  action 
of  General  Smuts,  who  deported  the  labour  leaders  and 
brought  the  Boer  farmers  into  the  towns  to  fire  upon  the, 
miners, 


CONTRADICTIONS  OF  COLLECTIVISM     39 

that  is  taking  place  there  nowadays  God  alone 
knows.  Of  one  thing,  however,  we  may  be  sure 
—that  the  war  has  not  simplified  the  problem, 
and  that  with  the  triumph  of  capitalism  the 
Socialist  millennium  is  not  any  nearer.  All  the 
same,  according  to  Collectivist  economics,  Mr. 
Bernard  Shaw  and  the  Fabians  who  supported 
him  were  in  the  right,  and  the  Independent  Labour 
Party  and  Social  Democratic  Federation  abanr 
doned  their  claims  to  be  Collectivist  bodies  in 
opposing  the  war.  For  Collectivism  is  an  economic 
theory,  and  we  are  told  economics  have  nothing 
to  do  with  morals.  Yet,  strange  to  say,  Socialists 
who  saw  the  Boer  IWlar  as  a  capitalist  war,  and 
as  something  inimical  to  the  interests  of  Labour, 
nevertheless  failed  to  see  the  evil  inherent  in  the 
growth  of  capitalism  when  war  was  not  in  question. 
I  remember  at  the  time  listening  to  the  conversa- 
tion of  a  leading  member  pf  the  Independent 
Labour  Party,  deploring  the  war  in  one  breath 
and  in  the  other  rejoicing  in  the  doings  of  the 
late  Mr.  Pierpont  Morgan,  who  at  the  time  had 
just  organized  the  Steel  Trust  of  America  and 
was  attempting  the  trustification  of  transatlantic 
shipping.  Mr.  Morgan,  he  said,  was  paving1  the 
way  to  the  Socialist  State.  Of  course,  in  one 
sense  that  is  true.  The  growth  of  capitalism  is 
making  men  think  and  is  creating  the  spirit  of 
rebellion  ;  but,  needless  to  say,  that  is  not  the 
sense  in  which  our  Independent  Labour  Party 
member  meant  it. 

I  sa,id  that  Collectivism  is  an  economic  theory 


40    ECONOMIC,  MORAL,  AND  POLITICAL 

divorced  from  morals.  This  is  its  central  weak- 
ness, because  in  practice  it  is  impossible  to  dis- 
regard moral  issues  without  feeling  a  bit  of  a 
cad.  The  ordinary  decent  man  will  always 
decline  to  pursue  a  course  of  action  which  is 
morally  culpable.  And  the  ordinary  man  is  right. 
In  so  far  as  economic  considerations  have  become 
divorced  from  morals,  they  are  only  an  encum- 
brance to  right  action.  Two  men  in  the  Socialist 
movement,  and  two  only— Mr.  Sidney  Webb  and 
Mr.  Bernard  Shaw — have  sufficiently  transcended 
ordinary  human  limitations,  and  have  been  able 
to  base  their  actions  upon  economic  theory  in  an 
entirely  disinterested  way.  The  ordinary  mortal, 
when  he  bases  his  action  upon  economic  theory, 
is  apt  to  be  on  the  make.  Hence  it  is  that  a 
social  theory  deduced  entirely  from  a  study  of 
economic  phenomena  can  in  practice  only  exist 
to  confuse  the  issue.  Here  we  have  the  source 
of  the  confusion  which  has  followed  on  the  trail 
of  the  Labour  Party  ever  since  it  entered  Parlia- 
ment. No  issue  which  has  ever  come  along  has 
been  for  it  a  clear  issue  between  right  and  wrong. 
The  economic  theory  to  which  it  subscribes  has 
always  blinded  it  to  the  rights  and  wrongs  of 
the  issues  which  confronted  it.  The  triumph  of 
Collectivist  theory  placed  Socialists  entirely  in  the 
hands  of  capitalists.  They  agreed  with  the  big 
capitalists  because  on  economic  theory  they  had 
no  reason  to  disagree.  The  capitalist  finds  in 
Collectivist  doctrine  justification  for  his  actions. 
What  theory  could  be  more  acceptable  to  him 


CONTRADICTIONS  OF  COLLECTIVISM     41 

than  one  which  tells  him  that  sweating  is  not  his 
concern  and  can  only  be  remedied  by  the  State  ; 
and  that  in  so  far  as  he  can  succeed  in  ruining 
his  competitor,  he  is  but  the  natural  agent  of  an 
economic  evolution  which  is  leading  to  the  millen- 
nium? Can  we  wonder  that  he  should  seek  to 
shuffle  his  responsibility  on  to  the  shoulders  of 
the  State,  when  we  remember  that  Collectivism 
seeks  to  exonerate  him  from  all  personal  responsi- 
bility? 

The  Collectivist  idea  of  holding  the  State 
responsible  for  all  the  ills  of  society  has  been 
another  source  of  confusion.  For  it  is  apparent 
that  the  State  cannot,  in  the  long  run,  be  better 
than  the  citizens  who  compose  it.  To  hold  the 
State  responsible  is  finally  to  hold  no  one  respon- 
sible, because  the  politicians  themselves,  who  at 
any  time  form  the  Government,  are  only  in 
possession  of  a  delegated  authority.  In  a  far 
higher  degree  than  capitalists  they  are  the 
creatures  of  circumstances.  They  do  not  control 
the  State,  but  the  State  controls  them.  By  this 
I  mean  that  they  are  at  the  mercy  of  the  bureau- 
cratic departments  and  their  permanent  officials, 
for,  as  Sir  John  Gorst  said,  by  the  'time  a  Minister 
has  got  the  hang  of  things  in  his  department 
his  term  of  office  is  nearing  its  close.  In  the 
State  departments  no  one  feels  any  particular  sense 
of  personal  responsibility,  because  of  the  divided 
responsibility  which  obtains  there,  which  has  come 
into  existence  for  the  very  purpose  of  preventing 
any  particular  individual  from  exercising  too  much 


42    ECONOMIC,   MORAL,  AND  POLITICAL 

authority.  If  politicians  are  to  act  at  all,  they 
can  only  do  so  to-day  by  availing  themselves 
of  the  services  of  this  unwieldy  and  impersonal 
machinery,  which  proceeds  automatically,  accord- 
ing to  the  laws  of  its  own  growth,  and  which 
bears  no  particular  relationship  to  the  thoughts 
and  feelings  of  those  who  form  a  part  of  it. 

The  Insurance  Act  will  for  all  time  remain  the 
classical  example  of  the  failure  necessarily  follow- 
ing any  attempt  at  reform  by  wholesale  measures. 
Mr.  Lloyd  George  is  in  these  days  a  much -abused 
man.1  But  Collectivists  have  no  right  to  criticize 
him,  for  all  that  he  did  was  to  attempt  to  give 
practical  application  to  principles  which  they  had 
popularized.  iWith  the  Socialist  agitation  at  one 
side  of  him  demanding  that  something  should 
be  done,  and  capitalism  at  the  other  as  determined 
as  ever  to  exploit  men,  it  is  not  surprising  that  he 
failed,  for  failure  must  be  the  inevitable  desti- 
nation of  reformers  who  imagine  they  can  find 
a  remedy  for  the  evils  of  poverty  by  compro- 
mising with  things  as  they  are.  I  do  not  believe 
that  the  Act  was  framed  by  Mr.  George  for 
the  oppression  of  the  poor,  but  that  such  is  its 
result  in  practice  admits  of  no  question. 

The  underlying  cause  of  all  this  confusion,  in 
the  words  of  a  French  Syndicalist,  is  that  "  you 
cannot  at  the  same  time  fight  the  enemy  and  co- 
operate with  him."  It  is  a  mistake  for  reformers 
to  have  any  dealings  with  the  State  until  such 

1  Needless  to  say,  this  was  written  before  the  war. 


CONTRADICTIONS  OF  COLLECTIVISM     43 

time  arrives  as  they  are  capable  of  bargaining 
with  it  on  equal  terms.  Meanwhile  the  best  policy 
to  pursue  is  so  to  consolidate  our  forces,  so  to 
clarify  our  minds,  that  when  we  do  act  we  shall 
be  able  to  do  so  with  certainty  and  precision  ; 
and  the  first  step  towards  this  consummation  is 
such  a  thorough  overhauling  of  Socialist  theory 
as  will  banish  for  ever  the  contradictions  involved 
in  its  moral,  economic,  and  political  theories. 


IV 
THE  MEDIAEVAL  GUILD  SYSTEM 

AFTER  explaining  the  nature  of  the  economic, 
moral,  and  political  confusion  which  followed  the 
acceptance  by  Socialists  of  Collectivist  economics, 
I  concluded  the  last  article  by  saying  that  our 
immediate  need  is  such  a  thorough  overhauling 
of  Socialist  theory  as  will  banish  for  ever  these 
contradictions.  tWith  an  understanding  of  the 
underlying  principles  of  the  Mediaeval  Guild 
System,  we  shall  be  in  a  better  position  to  face 
the  modern  problems.  All  clear  thinking  pre- 
supposes some  clear  and  definable  standards  of 
thought.  Just  in  the  same  way  that  definite 
conceptions  of  the  nature  of  truth,  goodness,  and 
beauty  are  necessary  to  clear  reasoning,  so  the 
Guilds  serve  the  purpose  of  a  standard  to  guide 
us  in  our  elucidation  of  the  problems  of  social 
reorganization . 

IWhat,  then,  is  the  Guild  System?  It  is  the 
system  under  which  industry  at  all  times  was 
organized,  wherever  men  were  free  to  co-operate 
together.  In  Western  Europe  the  Guilds  existed 
until  the  close  of  the  Middle  Ages.  They  fell 

44 


THE  MEDIEVAL  GUILD  SYSTEM     45 

before  the  economic  and  political  upheavals  which 
accompanied  the  discovery  of  America  and  the 
sea  route  to  Asia,  which  involved  as  a  natural 
consequence  the  change  of  trade  routes  and  the 
growth  of  capitalism.  In  Asia  the  Guilds  have 
continued  down  to  this  day,  though  they  are 
suffering  from  European  competition.  In  India 
they  are  in  a  state  of  disintegration  ;  their  in- 
tegrity having  been  undermined  by  the  British 
Government,  which  deprived  them  of  their 
privileges  in  the  interests  of  Lancashire  manu- 
facturers. 

The  idea  which  underlay  the  Guild  System  was 
that  men  should  be  organized  in  groups,  and 
that  the  State  existed  to  facilitate  their  co-opera- 
tion. In  the  sphere  of  industry  the  natural  division 
was  that  of  trades .  Each  trade  had  its  own  Guild, 
and  every  craftsman  was  obliged  to  become  a 
member  of  it.  The  Guild  had  a  monopoly  of 
its  trade,  and  exercised  a  jurisdiction  over  its 
members,  which  was  delegated  to  it  by  State 
and  municipality.  The  Guild  was  a  centre  of 
mutual  aid  ;  it  gave  assistance  to  the  sick  and 
unfortunate  ;  it  regulated  wages  and  hours  of 
labour  ;  fixed  prices  and  the  quality  of  work 
done  ;  fixed  the  training  of  apprentices  and 
limited  the  number  of  men  any  master  might 
employ.  The  Cloth  Weavers  Guild  of  Flanders, 
which  was  typical  of  many,  only  allowed  three 
journeymen  to  each  master. 

There  is  an  interesting  description  of  Guilds 
in  the  building  trade  given  by  Professor  Lethaby 


46      THE  MEDIEVAL  GUILD  SYSTEM 

in   a   lecture  on    "  Technical    Education   in    the 
Building  Trades."     It  runs  :— 

In  the  Middle  Ages,  the  Masons'  and  Carpenters'  Guilds 
were  faculties  or  colleges  of  education  in  those  arts,  and 
every  town  was,  so  to  say,  a  craft  university.  Corporations 
of  Masons,  Carpenters,  and  the  like  were  established  in  the 
towns ;  each  craft  aspired  to  have  a  college  hall.  The 
universities  themselves  have  been  well  named  by  a  recent 
historian  "Scholars'  Guilds."  The  Guild,  which  recognized 
all  the  customs  of  its  trade,  guaranteed  the  relations  of  the 
apprentice  and  master  craftsman  with  whom  he  was  placed  ; 
but  he  was  really  apprenticed  to  the  craft  as  a  whole,  and 
ultimately  to  the  city,  whose  freedom  he  engaged  to  take  up. 
He  was,  in  fact,  a  graduate  of  his  craft  college  and  wore  its 
robes.  At  a  later  stage  the  apprentice  became  a  companion 
or  bachelor  of  his  art,  or  by  producing  a  master-work,  the 
thesis  of  his  craft,  he  was  admitted  a  master.  Only  then  was 
he  permitted  to  become  an  employer  of  labour,  or  was  ad- 
mitted as  one  of  the  governing  body  of  his  college.  As  a 
citizen,  city  dignities  were  open  to  him.  He  might  become 
the  master  in  building  some  abbey  or  cathedral,  or,  as  King's 
mason,  become  a  member  of  the  royal  household,  the  ac- 
knowledged great  master  of  his  time  in  mason-craft.  With 
such  a  system,  was  it  so  very  wonderful  that  the  buildings  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  which  were  indeed  wonderful,  should  have 
been  produced  ? 

Considerations  of  space  will  not  allow  me  to 
enter  more  into  the  details  of  the  Guilds,  and  there 
is  no  reason  why  I  should.  \V«hat  I  have  already 
said  is  sufficient  for  the  purpose  of  familiarizing 
the  reader  with  the  idea  of  the  Guilds.  If  he 
is  interested  in  the  subject  he  can  read  up  about 
them  for  himself,  and,  in  this  connection,  there 
are  two  books  which  I  would  particularly  recom- 


mend.  One  of  them  is  Mutual  Aid,  by  Prince 
Kropotkin,  and  the  other  is  The  Indian  Crafts- 
man, by  Dr.  Ananda  K.  Coomaraswamy.  Both 
of  them  are  extremely  able.  Dr.  Coomaraswamy's 
book  is  especially  interesting,  as  he  describes  the 
Indian  Guilds  which  are  still  in  existence,  though, 
as  I  have  already  said,  they  are  in  a  state  of 
decline.  It  is  satisfactory,  however,  to  learn  that 
of  late  years  a  movement  has  arisen  in  India  to 
preserve  them.  Prince  Kropotkin's  book  is, 
fortunately,  well  known  to  Socialists,  and  needs 
no  words  of  recommendation  from  me. 

Two  functions  engaged  the  activities  of  the 
Guilds.  One  of  them  was  that  of  mutual  aid  ; 
the  other  was  the  safeguarding  of  the  standard 
of  production  against  commercial  abuses.  The 
first  of  these  functions  is  nowadays  undertaken 
by  the  Trades  Unions,  though  the  Guilds,  being 
wealthy  bodies,  were  able  to  be  much  more 
generous  in  the  assistance  they  gave  to  their 
members.  In  fact,  the  Guilds  fulfilled  for  their 
members  those  functions  which  are  now  under- 
taken by  the  Poor  Law,  only  they  were  under- 
taken in  a  different  spirit.  This  was  notably  the 
case  in  the  treatment  of  widows  and  orphans,  who 
were  provided  for  out  of  the  funds  of  the  Guild, 
and  that  in  a  manner  befitting  their  station  in 
life,  not  in  the  despicably  niggardly  way  which 
is  customary  with  Boards  of  Guardians.  This 
came  about  naturally,  it  is  to  be  supposed,  because 
when  men  are  organized  in  localized  groups  they 
are  held  together  by  personal  and  human  ties, 


48      THE  MEDIAEVAL  GUILD  SYSTEM 

which  are  real  bonds  ;  whereas  the  Poor  Law 
is,  at  the  best,  a  piece  of  impersonal  machinery 
for  assisting  those  who  have  no  personal  claim 
upon  us,  but  only  on  the  community  ;  and  it  is 
not  easy  for  the  average  person  to  act  as  generously 
towards  strangers  as  towards  his  own  kith  and 
kin. 

The  other  function  of  the  Guilds  was  the  pro- 
tection of  the  standard  in  production.  With  that 
fine  instinct  for  sociological  truth  which  is  charac- 
teristic of  all  early  societies,  the  Mediasvalists 
recognized  that  the  best  way  to  protect  the 
standard  of  life  of  the  craftsman  was  ultimately 
to  protect  the  standard  of  quality  in  craftsmanship. 
This  is  the  vitalizing  principle  of  the  Guilds  as 
industrial  organizations,  and  it  is  only  by  relating 
all  their  regulations  to  this  central  idea  that  they 
can  be  properly  understood.  To  protect  the 
standard  of  craftsmanship,  it  was  necessary,  before 
everything  else,  that  the  craftsman  should  be  privi- 
leged ;  for  privilege  not  only  protected  him  from 
the  competition  of  unscrupulous  rivals,  but  it  also 
secured  him  leisure  in  his  work.  Both  of  these 
conditions  are  necessary  for  the  production  of  good 
work.  Unless  a  man  can  work  leisurely,  it  is 
impossible  for  him  to  put  his  best  thought  into 
his  work,  and  unless  a  man  is  protected  from 
the  competition  of  unscrupulous  rivals,  who  under- 
cut him  in  price  and  jerry  their  work  in  the 
unseen  parts,  it  is  impossible  for  him  to  remain 
a  conscientious  producer.  Experience  has  proved 
that  the  public,  as  consumers,  cannot  be  relied 


THE  MEDIAEVAL  GUILD  SYSTEM     49 

upon  to  check  that  gradual  deterioration  in  the 
quality  of  wares  which  is  the  inevitable  accom- 
paniment of  unfettered  individual  competition. 
Privilege  and  protection  are  the  corner-stones  of 
production  for  use  and  beauty,  just  as  much  as 
commercialism  and  competition  are  the  corner- 
stones of  production  for  profit.  The  fundamental 
difference  between  the  Mediaeval  and  modern 
polity  is  that,  whereas  the  modern  aims  at  the 
abolition  of  all  privilege,  the  Mediaevalist  sought 
to  secure  privileges  for  all.  It  is  the  difference 
between  pulling  down  and  building  up. 

Finally,  it  is  necessary  for  me  to  'controvert 
one  objection  which  is  often  made  to  the  restora- 
tion of  the  Guilds.  In  order  to  justify  the  present 
age,  it  has  been  the  custom  of  modernists  to  mis- 
represent the  past.  The  consequence  is  that  in 
the  popular  mind  the  Middle  Ages  has  become 
synonymous  with  Feudalism,  and  even  then,  not 
Feudalism  as  it  really  existed-^-for  in  contrast 
with  capitalism,  Feudalism  was  a  comparatively 
humane  institution^-but  misrepresented  out  of  all 
resemblance  to  the  original.  It  is  not  my  purpose 
to  defend  Feudalism,  but  merely  to  point  out 
that  Feudalism  was  all  along  at  enmity  with  the 
Guilds  and  Mediaeval  cities,  and  in  the  struggle 
the  Guilds  were  worsted.  Their  'destruction  was 
the  destruction  of  real  democracy.  And  the  best 
testimony  I  can  bring  in  support  of  this  conten- 
tion is  that  of  Kropotkin,  who  says  that  "  most 
of  what  the  Socialist  aims  at  existed  in  the 
Mediaeval  city.'1 

4 


V 

NATIONAL  GUILDS  AND  THE 
GENERAL  STRIKE 

THE  brief  account  I  have  given  of  the  Mediaeval 
Guild  System  will  help  us  in  a  consideration  of 
the  proposals  of  the  New  Age  for  its  restoration. 
The  articles  of  the  Guild  writers  were  originally 
advanced  under  the  name  of  Guild  Socialism. 
Latterly  their  scheme  has  been  re  -  named 
"  National  Guilds,"  which,  I  think,  is  a  pity. 
Guild  Socialism  is  a  better  rallying  cry. 

The  New  Age  proposals  are  shortly  as  follows  : 
The  workers  are  advised  to  fuse  all  the  Unions 
connected  with  each  separate  industry  into  huge 
national  organizations  ;  and  then,  after  getting1 
all  the  workers,  including  the  salariat,  to  become 
members  of  these  Unions,  they  should  create 
Labour  monopolies  within  each  industry.  When 
any  Union  has  by  this  means  become  blackleg- 
proof,  the  workers  are  urged  to  demand  not  merely 
higher  wages,  but  superior  status  ;  by  which  is 
meant,  that  the  workers  would  cease  to  sell  their 
labour  as  a  commodity  in  the  market,  and  become 
partners  in  the  direction  and  control  of  industry. 

60 


51 

Should  the  capitalists  refuse  this  demand,  then 
a  strike  would  be  declared.  The  Unions  being 
thus  in  a  position  to  hold  up  industry,  and  with 
the  intelligent  public  on  their  side,  the  State  would 
find  it  necessary  to  step  in.  It  would  buy  out 
the  capitalists  by  offering  them  a  reasonable 
sum  or  by  guaranteeing  them  an  income  for  a 
period  of  years,  retain  nominal  possession  of  the 
so -acquired  capital,  charter  the  Union  (now  be- 
come a  Guild  by  the  inclusion  of  the  salariat), 
which  would  henceforth  carry  on  the  industry  on 
terms  mutually  fair  and  favourable.  The  Guild, 
in  return  for  this  charter  guaranteeing  it  privileges 
of  national  monopoly  and  self-government,  would 
undertake  certain  responsibilities  relating  to  the 
quality  and  quantity  of  goods  produced — and  also 
on  behalf  of  its  own  members,  other  Guilds,  the 
public  at  large,  and  the  State  itself.  This  pro- 
posal is  supported  by  an  economic  theory  called 
"  The  Abolition  of  the  Wage  System,"  which  I 
shall  consider  later. 

Needless  to  say,  I  am  in  perfect  accord  with 
the  general  idea  of  restoring  the  Guilds.  The 
thanks  of  the  Socialist  movement  are  due  to  the 
New  Age  for  the  valuable  work  it  has  done  in 
securing  recognition  for  the  Guild  principle  as 
the  basis  of  political,  social,  and  industrial  re- 
organization. If  democracy  is  ever  to  achieve 
self-expression,  it  can  only  be  by  men  organizing 
themselves  into  groups.  Parliamentary  democracy 
as  it  exists  to-day  has  no  organic  structure.  It 
is  merely  an  aggregation  of  people  who  unite 


52  NATIONAL  GUILDS  AND 

for  some  one  to  represent  them  in  respect  to 
issues  which  are  not  of  their  making.  The  issues 
are  so  confused  that  it  is  almost  impossible  for 
the  ordinary  man,  who  is  not  in  possession  of 
inside  knowledge,  to  get  the  hang  of  them  ;  while, 
if  he  could,  he  would  not  be  much  better  off, 
because  they  are  not  the  real  issues.  In  order, 
therefore,  to  create  the  real  issues,  it  becomes 
necessary  to  break  up  this  aggregation  by  orga- 
nizing men  into  groups.  The  natural  divisions 
of  such  groupings  of  men  are  by  trades.  Though 
the  average  man  is  apt  to  talk  nonsense  about 
national  politics,  he  can  generally  talk  sense  about 
his  own  trade  or  occupation.  The  reason  for  this 
is  because  the  issues  are  fewer  and  he  is  quite 
familiar  with  them.  Hence,  the  re-organization 
of  democracy  on  the  Mediaeval  basis  can  be  fruit- 
ful only  of  good  results.  Guild  democracy,  I  airx 
persuaded,  is  the  only  real  democracy,  and  if 
ever  democracy  is  to  reflect  the  general  will  of 
the  community  and  to  free  itself  from  the 
machinations  of  politicians,  it  will  need  to  revive 
the  Guilds. 

So  far  so  good.  It  is  when  we  pass  on  from 
a  consideration  of  the  end  to  be  attained  to  the 
means  of  bringing  that  end  about  that  I  am 
inclined  to  question  the  wisdom  of  the  New  Age 
proposals.  Working  upon  their  lines,  I  do  not 
think  it  will  be  possible  for  the  'State  to  secure 
possession  of  the  capital  in  industry,  apart  from 
the  will  of  the  capitalists.  For  the  State  is  the 
capitalists,  I  fear  that  if  the  State  should  take 


53 

over  the  railways,  and  should  take  the  workers 
into  partnership,  which  is  extremely  improbable, 
that  it  would  be  on  terms  favourable  to  the 
capitalists,  and  because  it  suited  'their  convenience. 
The  wealthy  would  receive  their  dividends  as 
hitherto,  but  guaranteed  by  the  State  ;  while  the 
control  given  to  the  workers  would  only  be 
nominal.  They  would  not  be  allowed  a  say  in 
the  things  that  really  mattered.  So  again  with 
respect  to  the  policy  of  strikes,  which  are  relied 
upon  to  bring  capitalism  to  its  knees,  I  doubt 
the  possibility  of  getting  the  workers,  under  normal 
circumstances,  to  strike  for  superior  status,  and 
it  appears  to  be  the  opinion  also  of  men  who  have 
had  practical  experience  of  organizing  strikes. 
Men  can  be  induced  to  strike  for  higher  wages, 
for  shorter  hours,  against  some  tyranny,  or  to 
see  justice  done  to  a  pal,  but  not  for  status. 
That  is  one  of  the  results  of  the  wage-system. 
The  average  working  man  to-day  is  too  down- 
trodden to  believe  he  might  be  successful  in  de- 
manding such  a  change.  His  immediate  need 
is  for  higher  wages  and  shorter  hours.  These 
are  things  which,  to  him,  are  definite  and  tangible. 
And,  in  striking  for  them,  he  feels  he  has  a 
sporting  chance  of  success.  But  superior  status 
is  a  different  matter.  It  is  a  remote  issue,  and, 
under  normal  circumstances,  it  is  to  be  feared 
he  would  not  entertain  the  idea  of  claiming  it. 
Before  it  would  be  possible  for  the  workers  to 
make  such  a  demand,  their  spirits  would  have 
to  be  raised.  They  would  need  to  be  drunk 


54  NATIONAL  GUILDS  AND 

with  enthusiasm,  such  as  might  possibly  be  the 
case  in  the  event  of  a  general  strike,  when  the 
spirits  of  the  individual  worker  would  be  sus- 
tained by  the  spirit  of  enthusiasm  and  rebellion 
which  pervaded  the  whole  community.  I  feel 
justified,  therefore,  in  associating  the  New  Age 
policy  of  restoring  the  Guilds  with  the  idea  of  the 
general  strike. 

iWhat,  then,  are  the  prospects  of  changing  the 
basis  of  society,  and  restoring  the  Guilds  by  means 
of  a  general  strike?  My  opinion  is  that  our 
chances  of  success  are  not  great.  The  failure 
of  the  general  strike  in  Sweden  is  not  encouraging. 
Moreover,  the  difficulty  of  controlling  any  policy 
based  upon  strikes  is  very  great.  When  men 
are  successful  in  a  strike,  they  are  apt  to  over- 
estimate their  power  and  to  bring  about  reac- 
tion. The  success  of  the  Dock  Strike  of  1911 
was  due  to  the  fact  that  the  masters  were  unpre- 
pared, the  failure  of  the  one  in  1912  because  they 
were  ready.  How  much  greater  would  be  this 
difficulty  after  a  general  upheaval  it  is  impos- 
sible to  say.  Men,  when  they  are  flushed  with 
success,  are  not  inclined  to  listen  to  the  counsels 
of  moderation,  and  without  moderation  they  would 
certainly  be  finally  beaten.  There  is  also  a 
further  difficulty.  The  workers  are  not  to-day 
united  by  a  common  economic  bond.  There  is 
the  same  division  of  interests  between  them  as 
there  was  between  the  serfs  and  retainers  of  the 
Feudal  Lords.  In  our  society,  probably  half  of 
the  working  class  are  parasitic  upon  the  rich, 


THE  GENERAL  STRIKE  55 

in  the  sense  that  they  are  employed  by  them,  either 
in  personal  service  or  in  the  manufacture  of  articles 
which  only  the  rich  can  afford  to  buy.  Mr. 
Bernard  Shaw  discussed  the  problem  which  this 
class  of  workers  presented  some  years  ago  in  a 
series  of  articles  entitled  "  The  Parasitic  Pro- 
letariat "  which  he  contributed  to  the  New  Age. 
He  could  find  no  solution,  though  he  sought  by 
economic  abstractions  to  show  that  the  interests 
of  the  parasitic  proletariat  and  the  proletariat 
proper  are  ultimately  identical.  But  such  abstrac- 
tions are  of  no  assistance  to  us  when  dealing  with 
concrete  issues  ;  for  in  times  of  crisis  it  is  the 
immediate  interest,  rather  than  the  ultimate  one, 
which  decides  things.  If  the  workers  did  succeed 
in  a  general  strike,  their  success  could  only  be 
temporary.  To  make  it  permanent  they  would 
need  to  deal  promptly  with  this  parasitic  pro- 
letariat, whose  market  would  be  gone  with  the 
disappearance  of  the  rich.  This,  I  feel,  would 
be  impossible  amid  the  general  confusion  which 
would  certainly  obtain.  Revolution  would  be 
followed  by  a  counter-revolution.  The  parasitic 
proletariat  would  rally  to  the  support  of  the 
wealthy  in  order  to  recover  a  market  for  their 
work. 

Yet  I  believe  a  revolution  will  come.  Sooner 
or  later  it  will  be  forced  upon  us  by  the  problem 
of  over-production.  When  machinery  was  first 
introduced,  England  had  the  whole  world  in  which 
to  dispose  of  its  surplus  products.  But  no  nation 
can  afford  to  be  a  consumer  of  machine-pro- 


56  iNATlONAL  GUILDS  AND 

duced  goods  permanently.  The  suction  would 
drain  its  economic  resources.  Hence  it  has 
happened  that  one  after  another  of  the  nations 
which  were  once  our  customers  have  been  drawn 
into  the  vicious  circle  of  commercial  production, 
and  have  become  our  competitors  for  markets. 
iWe  are  rapidly  approaching  a  time  when  there 
will  be  no  new  markets  left  to  exploit.  .What 
is  going  to  happen  when  that  limit  is  reached? 
Surely  it  can  only  be  economic  collapse.  Karl 
Marx  was  right  in  foreseeing  this  catastrophic 
ending  of  quantitative  machine-production.  .Where 
he  was  wrong  was  in  supposing  that  out  of  the 
unemployed  a  revolutionary  force  could  be  created. 
Unemployed  men  cannot  rebel,  for  they  have  no 
economic,  political,  military,  or  moral  power.  They 
are  simply  demoralized  men,  who  are  thankful 
for  a  meal.  It  is  dangerous  to  prophesy,  but 
it  is  my  opinion,  and  I  give  it  for  what  it  is 
worth,  that  when  a  revolution  does  come,  it  will 
come  from  above  and  not  from  below.  It  may 
come  as  a  result  of  war,  as  was  the  case  with  the 
Russian  Revolution,  which  followed  the  war  with 
Japan,  or  by  a  division  in  the  governing  class, 
as  was  the  case  in  the  French  Revolution,  or 
by  a  combination  of  both  circumstances.  War 
seems  to  me  the  more  probable  because,  when 
new  markets  are  exhausted,  the  governing  class 
will  be  driven  into  it  in  order  to  safeguard  their 
own  position.  But  they  will  probably  fail.1 

1  Looking  at  this  issue  from  the  standpoint  of  to-day,  there 
is  a  sense  in  which  Karl  Marx  may  be  said  to  have  been  right. 


THE  GENERAL  STRIKE  57 

Meanwhile  it  is  well  to  remember  that  revolu- 
tion is  a  purely  destructive  force.  Just  as  the 
French  Revolution  broke  the  power  of  Feudalism, 
and  liberated  the  bourgeois,  so  the  coming;  revo- 
lution will  break  the  power  of  capitalism  and 
liberate  forces  which  are  germinating  in  our  midst. 
It  is  for  us  to  educate  these  forces  ;  to  see  that 
the  people  know  which  are  the  real  Issues  and 
can  distinguish  between  the  true  and  the  false. 
If  they  are  able  to  do  so,  then  reconstruction 
will  be  rapid  ;  if  not,  a  period  of  anarchy  may 
ensue. 

The  prodigious  dimensions  of  the  unemployed  problem  after 
the  war  may  be  such  as  to  precipitate  not  only  revolution  but 
the  end  of  capitalist  domination.  For  it  is  not  to  be  expected 
that  a  class  which  to-day  fails  to  appreciate  the  economic 
significance  of  the  war  even  to  the  extent  of  realizing  that  the 
limits  of  industrial  expansion  have  been  reached,  will  be  able 
to  cope  successfully  with  after-the-war  problems. 


VI 

THE  ABOLITION  OF  THE  WAGE 
SYSTEM 

IN  the  last  chapter  I  considered  the  New  Age 
proposal  which  has  been  advanced  under  the 
name  of  "  National  Guilds  "  in  its  relation  to 
the  general  strike.  In  this  one  I  propose  to 
discuss  the  theory  of  "  The  Abolition  of  the 
Wage  System,"  by  which  the  Guild  writers  seek 
to  give  economic  justification  for  their  proposals. 
It  is  not  a  new  theory,  as  it  finds  a  place  in 
the  economic  analysis  of  Karl  Marx,  but  by 
its  association  with  the  idea  of  restoring  the 
Guilds  it  has  acquired  a  new  significance.  In 
bringing  together  the  two  ideas  the  Guild 
writers  have  strengthened  the  case  for  each  :  they 
are,  indeed,  related  as  the  body  and  the  soul. 
What,  then,  is  meant  by  the  demand  for  the 
abolition  of  the  wage  system?  It  is  that  in 
the  future  labour  shall  not  be  treated  as  a 
commodity  to  be  bought  by  capitalists  at  the 
current  market  rale  in  the  same  way  that  goods 
and  raw  materials  are  bought  ;  that  the  income 
of  the  workers  shall  not  be  dependent  upon  the 

58 


ABOLITION  OF  THE  WAGE  SYSTEM    59 

variations  of  supply  and  demand  ;  and  that  men 
are  not  to  be  only  employed  when  it  suits  the  con- 
venience of  capitalists,  and  turned  adrift  to  starve 
when  he  can  make  no  profit  out  of  their  labour. 
Also,  it  is  a  demand  that  the  workers  shall  have 
status  and  receive  pay  instead  of  wages,  the 
difference  between  pay  and  wages  being  that 
men  who  receive  pay,  as  do  soldiers  or  civil 
servants,  receive  a  fixed  income,  whereas  wages 
as  paid  to  the  labourer  are  not  continuous  in 
this  way,  but  subject  to  breaks  during  un- 
employment. 

Now,  just  in  the  same  way  that  I  find  myself 
in  agreement  with  the  Guild  writers,  in  respect 
to  the  general  idea  of  restoring  the  Guilds,  and 
yet  differ  from  them  in  regard  to  policy,  so 
I  find  similar  grounds  of  agreement  and  dis- 
agreement when  I  consider  the  economic  theory 
of  the  abolition  of  the  wage  system.  The  reason 
for  my  disagreement  is  this  :  That  they  seem 
to  regard  the  institution  of  wages  as  an  absolute 
evil,  whereas,  in  my  opinion,  it  is  only  relative. 
Under  the  Mediaeval  Guild  system  the  journey- 
men and  apprentices  received  what  were, 
technically  speaking,  wages  ;  but  they  did  not 
suffer  from  the  evils  which  we  associate  with 
the  wage  system  to-day,  because  masters  and 
men  were  alike  members  of  the  same  Guilds, 
and  were  bound  together  by  personal  and  human 
ties.  Though  wages  existed  under  the  Guild 
system,  they  did  not  imply  the  brutal  and  inhuman 
relationship  which  they  do  to-day.  For  labour 


60    ABOLITION  OP  THE  WAGE  SYSTEM 

was  not  then  a  commodity,  the  price  of  which 
was  determined  by  the  competition  of  the  market, 
but  was  paid  for  at  a  fixed  rate,  determined 
by  the  Guilds.  Moreover,  the  journeyman  only 
remained  a  wage-earner  during  the  earlier  part 
of  his  life.  He  could  look  forward  to  setting 
up  in  business  on  his  own  account,  as  a  matter 
of  course,  for  as  there  was  a  limit  placed  to 
the  number  of  assistants  that  any  man  could 
employ,  opportunities  for  advancement  were 
opened  to  all  who  desired  to  use  them.  The 
wage  system,  therefore,  did  not  in  those  days 
present  itself  as  an  evil  in  the  way  it  does 
to-day.1  It  is  the  growth  of  large  organiza- 
tions, the  system  of  the  division  of  labour,  and 
the  ever-extending  use  of  machinery  that  has 
created  the  evils  which  we  associate  with  the 
wage  system,  for  under  a  system  of  large 
organizations  those  personal  relationships  which 
humanize  life  tend  to  disappear,  and  their  place 
is  taken  by  a  cash-nexus  divorced  from  all 
sentiment  and  personal  regard.  It  is  this  which 
makes  the  wage  system  to-day  so  brutal,  and 
why  we  must  raise  our  voices  in  protest  against 
it.  But  I  am  persuaded  that  our  efforts  will  be 
misdirected  and  fruitless  if  we  merely  demand 
its  abolition.  We  shall  miss  our  central  aim, 
which  is  to  humanize  the  relations  of  society  ; 

1  The  Statute  of  Apprentices  passed  in  1563,  which  sought  to 
establish  by  law  Trade  Guild  custom,  enacted  that  journeymen 
must  be  retained  in  service  at  least  one  year,  and  must  receive 
three  months'  notice  of  a  coming  dismissal. 


ABOLITION   OF  THE  WAGE  SYSTEM    61 

for  pay  may  be  substituted  for  wages,  and  yet 
the  relations  of  men  may  be  anything  but  human. 

There  is  another  reason  why  we  should  work 
along  these  lines.  The  central  weakness  of  any 
attempt  to  abolish  the  wage  system  by  taking 
the  citadel  of  capitalism  by  storm  is  that  it  is 
precisely  those  trades  and  occupations  that  suffer 
most  from  the  evils  of  the  wage  system  which 
are  least  able  to  offer  effective  resistance  to  it. 
Railwaymen,  it  is  true,  get  wages,  but  their  work 
is  so  regular  that  in  most  cases  they  may  be 
almost  said  to  be  in  receipt  of  pay.  But  with 
the  workers  in  the  building  trades  it  is  different. 
Their  work  is  intermittent,  and  it  is  difficult 
to  see  how  it  could  be  otherwise.  All  building 
jobs  come  to  an  end  sooner  or  later.  It  would 
be  futile,  therefore,  for  the  workers  in  the 
building  trades  to  demand  pay  instead  of  wages, 
for  they  would  be  demanding  something  which 
the  employers  would  be  powerless  to  give.  The 
building  trade  employers  are  not  like  the  railway 
companies,  in  a  secure  position  and  able  to  levy 
tribute  on  the  people,  but  are  dependent  for  their 
work  on  a  demand  which  is  erratic  and  impossible 
to  gauge.  To  some  extent  they  are  in  exactly 
the  same  position  as  the  'men,  inasmuch  as,  like 
them,  they  are  constantly  in  the  position  of 
having  to  look  around  for  new  sources  of  work. 
In  a  word,  the  employers  of  the  building  trades 
could  not  give  the  workers  status,  because  they 
have  not  got  status  themselves. 

Looking,  then,  at  the  problem  of  the  building 


62    ABOLITION  OF  THE  WAGE  SYSTEM 

trades — and  from  this  point  of  view  it  is,  indeed, 
typical  Lf  an  enormous  number  of  other  trades — 
it  is  apparent  that  before  the  workers  could 
possibly  find  themselves  in  a  position  to  demand 
status  it  will  be  necessary  to  take  measures  to 
regularize  demand.  In  the  Minority  Report  of 
the  Poor  Law  Commission,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Webb 
ran  up  against  this  problem,  and  recommended 
the  establishment  of  a  Central  Bureau  to  attempt 
the  regularization  of  demand  for  public  works. 
In  this  limited  sphere  such  an  arrangement 
might  do  good,  but  it  is  obviously  impossible 
to  give  application  to  such  arrangements  on  a 
national  scale,  because  the  factors  underlying  in- 
dustrial instability  are  too  many  to  be  controlled 
from  without.  If  this  problem  is  to  be  solved 
at  all,  it  will  only  be  by  attacking  it  at  its 
roots,  which  we  find  to  be  in  the  instability  of 
our  tastes,  the  uncertainty  of  our  aims  and  the 
confusion  of  our  thoughts.  These  are  the  things 
which  give  rise  to  irregularity  of  employment, 
in  so  far  as  it  is  not  due  to  changing  climatic 
conditions  and  other  natural  causes.  It  will  be 
by  seeking  to  bring  order  into  them  that  we 
shall  gradually  bring  order  into  our  social 
arrangements  ;  which  problem,  I  would  add  in- 
cidentally, we  shall  never  solve  until  we  learn 
to  respect  the  wisdom  of  the  artist  and  the 
philosopher  :  it  is  the  key  to  the  whole  situation. 
A  common  source  of  our  confusion  is  that  in 
our  schemes  for  the  reorganization  of  society 
we  fail  to  distinguish  clearly  between  two 


ABOLITION  OF  THE   WAGE  SYSTEM    63 

fundamentally  different  types  of  industry  which 
might  be  termed  respectively  the  "  constants  " 
and  the  "  variables."  The  distinction  has 
always,  to  some  extent,  existed,  but  in  modern 
industry  the  "  constants  "  have  become  more 
constant  and  the  "  variables  "  more  variable. 
Latter-day  schemes  of  reform  would  accentuate 
these  differences.  They  always  assume  that  it 
is  possible  to  make  the  variables  constant  by 
means  of  external  arrangements.  To  my  way 
of  thinking  this  is  impossible,  as  it  is  not  in 
the  nature  of  things,  and  every  effort  to  make 
one  section  of  industry  more  constant  by  regula- 
tions can  only  result  in  increasing  the  variability 
of  what  remains. 

If  I  have  questioned  the  wisdom  of  the  New 
Age  proposals,  it  has  not  been  without  a  deep 
sense  of  obligation  to  them  for  the  issues  they 
have  raised.  As  a  generalization  there  is  this 
to  be  said  for  the  New  Age  theory  :  that  it  has 
focussed  attention  on  the  central  evils  of  modern 
society.  Collectivism  insisted  too  much  on  the 
relation  of  man  to  his  environment  :  it  forgot 
the  relationship  in  which  man  stands  to  man. 
The  theory  of  "  the  abolition  of  the  wage  system  " 
has  raised  this  central  issue.  In  a  perfect 
society  every  man  would  be  in  the  right  place, 
for  men  can  only  co-operate  successfully  together 
when  each  man  performs  the  function  for  which 
by  Nature  he  is  the  most  perfectly  fitted.  It 
is  the  eternal  problem  of  society  to  find  ways 
and  means  of  getting  the  right  men  into  the 


right  places.  It  is  this  necessity  which  at 
different  times  has  been  the  justification  of 
different  forms  of  government  :  monarchy, 
aristocracy,  and  democracy  are  each  in  turn  to 
be  justified  according  to  the  circumstances  of 
their  age  and  their  constancy  to  this  ideal.  In 
our  day  each  of  these  has  a  common  enemy — 
capitalism  ;  which,  as  Mr.  Chesterton  has  said, 
44  stands  out  in  history  in  many  curious  ways. 
For  the  most  curious  fact  about  it  is  that  no  man 
has  loved  it  ;  and  no  man  has  died  for  it," 
and  yet  to-day  most  men  serve  it,  because  it 
is  rare  in  our  society  to  find  a  man  fulfilling 
his  proper  function.  The  source  of  this  cor- 
ruption is  the  growth  of  the  wage  system,  which, 
treating  labour  as  a  commodity  to  be  bought 
and  sold  in  the  market,  denies  to  men  the  right 
and  opportunity  to  use  their  talents  in  the  way 
that  Nature  ordained. 


VII 

THE   EVIL   OF   LARGE   ORGANIZA- 
TIONS 

IN  the  last  chapter  I  insisted  that  the  evils 
which  we  associate  with  the  wage  system  to-day 
are  not  to  be  found  in  the  institution  of  wages 
as  such,  but  in  the  dehumanization  of  the  wage 
relationship  which  had  followed  the  growth  of 
large  organizations,  the  division  of  labour,  and 
the  misapplication  of  machinery.  I  propose  now 
to  show  that  the 'assumption  of  Collectivists  that 
large  capitalist  organizations  are  more  efficient 
than  smaller  ones,  that  they  have  come  to  stay, 
and  that  they  may  one  day  pass  into  the  hands 
of  the  workers,1  are  generalizations  entirely  with- 
out foundation  in  fact,  and  could  only  have  been 
conceived  by  men  destitute  alike  of  practical 
industrial  experience  and  a  metaphysical  position, 
defects  which,  as  I  have  previously  pointed  out, 
are  characteristic  of  the  Fabian  essayists. 

Of  course,  I  am  quite  ready  to  admit  there 
are  certain  kinds  of  modern  industrial  activities 
which  must  in  the  nature  of  things  be  organized 
on  a  large  scale.  It  is  evident,  for  instance, 
that  mining,  railways,  and  engineering  do  not 

1  See  Preface,  p,  9. 

5  65 


66    EVIL   OF  LARGE   ORGANIZATIONS 

admit  of  small-scale  organization  ;  and  in  so 
far  as  these  are  to  exist  in  the  society  of  the 
future,  large-scale  organization  becomes  inevit- 
able. Such  an  admission,  however,  does  not  in- 
validate my  general  position,  which  is,  that  in  so 
far  as  the  element  of  choice  enters,  the  small 
organization  is  to  be  preferred  to  the  larger 
one,  and  that  small  units  must  be  the  basis  of 
industrial  reorganization  :  just  as  the  admission 
that  certain  work  is  perhaps  inevitably  disagree- 
able does  not  invalidate  the  proposition  that  it  is 
desirable  to  make  work  as  pleasurable  as  possible. 

With  this  truth — that  the  smaller  organization 
is  always  to  be  preferred — .firmly  planted  in  our 
minds,  we  shall  be  able  to  minimize  the  evils 
which  are  inherent  in  large-scale  organization 
by  insisting  that  every  large  organization  should 
consist  of  a  multitude  of  smaller  ones  which 
co-operate  together.  It  is  evident,  moreover,  that 
industry  which  must  be  organized  on  a  large 
scale  bulks  very  much  larger  to-day  than  would 
be  the  case  in  a  properly  ordered  society,  and  it 
may  be  that  in  proportion  as  society  attains,  to  its 
ideal,  large  organizations  will  tend  to  disappear. 

It  'is  to  be  observed  that  when  the  Fabian 
recommends  large  organizations  as  the  ideal  upon 
which  industry  should  be  modelled  in  the  future, 
he  does  not  analyse  the  structure  of  industry  nor 
deduce  the  principles  of  organization  from  it  ; 
and  this  for  a  very  simple  reason,  he  is  incapable 
of  such  analysis.  The  Fabian  Society,  as  I  have 
said  before,  is  mainly  a  legal,  literary,  and 


EVIL  OF  LARGE   ORGANIZATIONS    67 

medical  society,  with  very  few  members  who 
have  had  any  industrial  experience.  The  con- 
sequence is,  that  as  they  do  not  understand  the 
structure  of  industry  they  have  become  the 
apologists  of  the  large  organization,  imagining 
in  their  childish  ignorance  that  what  is  for  the 
moment  financially  successful  is  necessarily  the 
best.  What  the  Fabian  does  is  to  make  use  of 
sophistry  and  bluff.  He  tells  us  that  large 
industries  are  destined  to  supplant  small  ones, 
because  they  are  more  1|  efficient."  Now 
efficient  is  an  adjective  to  which  no  definite 
meaning  can  be  attached.  The  French  have  an 
excellent  word  to  describe  reasoning  of  this  kind. 
They  call  it  flou.  Mr.  Belloc  has  translated 
it  for  us  as  wobble-stuff,  and  when  the  Fabian 
talks  about  large  organizations  being  more 
efficient  than  smaller  ones  he  makes  use  of 
wobble-stuff,  since  before  it  is  possible  to  say 
whether  anything  is  efficient  or  not  it  is  necessary 
to  know  the  purpose  or  end  which  it  is  to  serve. 
On  this  issue  the  Fabian  has  nothing  to  say.  He 
leaves  us  entirely  in  the  dark  as  to  the  ends  for 
which  large  organizations  are  efficient.  It  is 
necessary,  therefore,  that  'I  should  explain  them. 
Large  organizations  are  not  more  efficient  for 
the  making  of  things  either  useful  or  beautiful, 
but  they  are  more  efficient  for  the  purpose  of 
making  profits,  because  it  is  easier  for  them 
to  make  a  corner  in  the  market  and  to  speed 
up  the  workers,  and  the  simplest  proof  I  can 
bring  in  support  of  this  contention  is  the  historical 


68    EVIL  OF  LARGE  ORGANIZATIONS 

argument  that  the  growth  of  large  organizations 
in  industry  has  coincided  with  the  substitution 
of  production  for  use  by  production  for  profit. 
That  fact  is  not  only  undeniable,  but  it  is  equally 
undeniable  that  it  is  the  desire  for  profits  which 
is  the  reason  for  their  continued  growth  to-day. 
But  I  shall  be  told  that  the  large  organization 
is  an  established  fact,  and  that  though  it  be 
true  that  production  for  profit  is  the  animating 
principle  to-day,  production  for  use  will  be 
substituted  for  production  for  profit  when  these 
organizations  pass  into  the  hands  of  the  people. 
This,  again,  is  a  piece  of  Fabian  "bluff.  It  is 
a  pure  assumption.  The  wish  is  father  to  the 
thought.  No  reasons  have  ever  been  given  in 
support  of  such  a  contention.  And  nowadays, 
when  the  theory  of  the  nationalization  of  industry 
has  broken  down,  it  is  less  plausible  than  it 
was,  since  so  long  as  large  organizations  obtain, 
it  is  difficult  to  see  how  industry  can  ever  pass 
into  the  hands  of  the  workers,  for  the  simple 
reason  that,  apart  from  the  capitalist's  activities, 
industry  to-day  has  no  organic  structure.  When 
the  capitalist  affirms  that  It  is  his  enterprise  that 
keeps  things  going,  I  regret  to  say  he  is  telling 
the  truth.  Herein  lies  the  condemnation  of  the 
large  industry.  So  rotten  have  things  become, 
that  industry  to-day  has  no  life  springing  from 
its  own  roots,  but  has  come  to  depend  entirely 
upon  an  external  and  artificial  stimulus  to 
galvanize  it  into  activity  from  above.  Remove 
this  artificial  stimulus,  due  to  the  desire  for 


EVIL  OF  LARGE  ORGANIZATIONS    69 

profits,  and  stagnation  would  speedily  result  ;  for 
the  greater  part  of  our  industrial  activities  have 
no  validity  apart  from  'the  desire  for  profits. 
Exclude  the  motive  of  profit  from  such  activities, 
and  they  would  cease  to  exist. 

The  large  industry  necessarily  produces  for 
profit  because  it  involves  the  control  of  industry 
by  the  financier  ;  and  there  is  no  test  of  a 
financier's  skill  except  his  capacity  to  produce 
profits.  With  the  craftsman  it  is  different.  He 
has  a  natural  pride  and  interest  in  what  he  pro- 
duces, which  is  possible  to  a  man  who  actually 
makes  things  with  his  own  hands,  but  which  is 
impossible  for  a  man  who  can  only  juggle  with 
figures.  Such  interest  is  only  possible  for  the 
craftsman  if  he  is  in  business  as  a  small  master 
or  is  under  the  direct  control  of  a  master  crafts- 
man who  sympathizes  with  his  aims.  This  in- 
volves small-scale  production  in  small  workshops, 
because  it  is  impossible  for  a  man  to  manage  a 
large  organization  and  at  the  same  time  to  work 
with  his  hands.  The  organization  of  industry 
on  a  large  scale  involves  class  division,1  and  this 

1  In  order  to  avoid  confusion,  it  is  necessary  for  me  to 
explain  that  I  am  not  condemning  the  class  divisions  which  a 
guild  hierarchy  implies,  but  such  divisions  as  involve  the 
existence  of  a  class  of  men  without  craft  traditions  who 
specialize  in  finance,  for  the  existence  of  such  a  class  will 
always  be  a  peril  to  society.  This  peril  consists  in  the  domi- 
nation of  society  by  men  who  think  primarily  in  terms  of 
figures  rather  than  of  things  ;  of  prices  instead  of  values ;  of 
quantities  rather  than  qualities.  The  Collectivist  idea  of 
nationalizing  industry  does  not  abolish  this  evil ;  it  white- 
washes it. 


70    EVIL  OF  LARGE  ORGANIZATIONS 

is  the  forerunner  of  trouble.  The  financial  men 
are  incapable  of  understanding  the  needs  of  crafts- 
manship. They  come  to  look  upon  themselves 
as  superior  beings  because  they  do  not  soil  their 
hands  and  can  dress  smartly.  This  is  the  secret 
of  those  feelings  of  class  antagonism  which  exist 
in  industry  to-day,  and  it  is  out  of  these  feelings 
of  class  antagonism  that  there  arises  the  determi- 
nation of  the  controlling  class  to  drive  the  men 
in  their  employ.  Hence  speeding-up  and  pro- 
duction for  profit.  These  things  are  inseparable 
from  one  another.  The  sooner  Socialists  recognize 
the  interdependence  of  large  organizations,  speed- 
ing-up, and  production  for  profit,  the  sooner  we 
shall  find  salvation. 

Great  as  are  the  evils  of  large  organizations 
already  enumerated,  there  is  yet  a  greater  than  all 
these.  It  is  this  :  they  tend  to  destroy  liberty, 
and  their  growth  is  a  peril  to  personal  independ- 
ence. The  liberty  of  a  people  depends  ultimately 
upon  the  liberty  of  the  individual,  and  the  liberty 
of  the  individual  depends  in  the  last  resort  upon 
his  ability  to  set  up  in  business  on  his  own  account. 
I  am  assured  that  it  is  because  this  possibility  is 
becoming  daily  more  difficult  of  realization  that 
the  spirit  of  liberty  is  declining  in  modern  society. 
The  reformer  who  lives  in  constant  fear  of  losing 
his  job  if  he  attacks  capitalism  will,  in  most 
cases,  only  be  half  hearted  in  hi,  attack.  A  man's 
effectiveness  as  a  reformer  is  relative  to  his 
personal  independence,  and  personal  independence 
disappears  as  the  large  organization  holds  sway. 


EVIL  OF  LARGE  ORGANIZATIONS    71 

It  happens  in  this  way.  A  man's  prospects  in 
life  come  to  depend  less  and  less  upon  himself— 
upon  his  own  powers  of  industry,  intelligence,  and 
manliness — and  'more  and  more  upon  his  capacity 
to  curry  favour  with  those  who  are  his  immediate 
superiors,  whilst  against  injustice  there  is  no  re- 
dress. That  is  why  in  large  organizations  the 
toady  is  encouraged,  and  why  men  of  worth  and 
character  are  apt  to  be  at  a  disadvantage.  WJien 
men  of  character  are  found  in  authority  they  are 
apt  to  owe  their  position  to  the  accidents  of  the 
system  rather  than  to  the  system  itself. 

It  is  often  said  that  we  are  becoming  a  nation 
of  opportunists,  and  apart  from  the  working  class, 
this  is  largely  true.  The  cause  is  the  growth  of 
large  organizations.  It  matters  little  whether  their 
ownership  be  vested  in  a  private  capitalist  com- 
pany, in  the  State,  or  even  in  a  co-operative 
society.  So  long  as  an  organization  is  large, 
a  man's  future  will  depend  entirely  on  the  favour 
of  a  single  individual  who,  unless  he  be  a  man 
of  insight,  will  inevitably  fall  into  the  hands  of 
men  who,  to  secure  promotion,  play  up  to  him 
and  bully  their  subordinates. 

There  is  but  one  remedy  for  this  state  of  affairs 
— to  get  the  small  holder  back  into  industry,  as 
we  are  seeking  to  g*et  him  back  on  to  the  land, 
and  to  limit  the  use  of  machinery  in  a  way  which 
makes  this  possible.  We  are  not  justified  in 
looking  upon  large  organizations  as  we  know 
them  to-day  as  being  in  any  sense  of  the  word 
permanent  institutions.  Most  of  them  are  rickety, 


72    EVIL  OF  LARGE  ORGANIZATIONS 

as  is  natural  when  we  understand  the  vices 
inherent  in  them,  for  such  vices  bring  about  a 
steady  demoralization  and  'make  them  increas- 
ingly costly  to  run.1  I  believe  the  growth  of 
speeding-up  is  in  no  small  degree  attributable 
to  the  wastage  which  goes  on  in  these  organizations 
and  the  necessity  of  keeping  pace  with  it.  Yet 
large  organizations  will  never  yield  to  a  frontal 
attack  until  we  undermine  their  intellectual  and 
moral  sanction.  So  long  as  we  worship  success, 
bigness,  and  cheapness  as  ends  in  themselves,  we 
shall  continue  to  be  enslaved  by  them,  while  in 
so  far  as  they  owe  their  existence  to  the  posses- 
sion of  natural  monopolies  and  legal  privileges 
there  can  be  no  remedy  but  revolution. 

Finally,  I  would  observe  that  if  ever  we  are 
to  emancipate  ourselves  from  the  tyranny  of  large 
organizations  we  shall  have  to  be  very  clear  in 
regard  to  our  principles.  Evil  would  never  come 
into  existence  if  it  did  not  confer  some  immediate 
benefit.  It  is  necessary  to  resist  such  temptations  ; 
and  the  only  terms  on  which  it  is  finally  possible 
to  resist  them  is  to  be  in  possession  of  fixed 
principles.  A  study  of  the  degeneration  of 
organizations  reveals  the  fact  that  every  change, 

'  Mr.  Raymond  Rudely fl'e,  (lie  City  Keillor  of  (lie  New 
Witness,  in  reviewing  the  share  market  of  the  past  year  (1916) 
says  :  "  I  cannot  help  thinking  that  the  big  shop  has  seen  its 
best  days.  There  was  a  time  when  these  enterprises  were 
the  best  investments  possible,  but  nearly  all  of  them  have 
grown  too  big,  and  the  management  expenses  are  eating  them 
up"  (New  Witness,  January  4,  1917). 


EVIL  OF  LARGE  ORGANIZATIONS    73 

which  has  led  eventually  to  stagnation  and  decay, 
has  been  justified  on  the  grounds  of  expediency. 
There  is  invariably  some  immediate  financial 
advantage  in  centralization.  This  is  tangible  and 
definite,  and  so-called  practical  men  can  always 
point  to  it.  The  loss  is  spiritual,  and  is  not  so 
easily  proved,  but  it  can  be  felt  by  all  men  of 
imagination  at  the  time  it  occurs.  Only  at  a 
later  date,  when  the  material  results  are  manifested, 
does  this  loss  become  apparent  to  the  many.  But 
it  is  then  too  late. 


VIII 
THE  DIVISION  OF  LABOUR 

THE  underlying  cause  of  the  incompatibility  of 
large  organizations  with  human  liberty  and  happi- 
ness is  to  be  found  in  the  system  of  the  division 
of  labour  which  lies  at  their  base  and  upon  which 
they  are  built.  In  this  chapter  I  propose  to 
examine  this  system. 

Now  it  goes  without  saying  that  in  any  civilized 
community  labour  to  some  extent  must  be  divided. 
It  is  obvious  that  a  man  cannot  supply  all  his 
own  needs.  To  some  extent  he  is  inevitably 
dependent  upon  others.  No  sooner  did  civilization 
begin  to  develop  than  this  necessity  brought  about 
the  specialization  of  men  into  different  trades. 
One  man  became  a  weaver,  another  a  carpenter, 
and  so  forth.  In  this  sense  the  division  of  labour 
may  be  said  to  have  existed  since  the  earliest 
times.  What,  however,  in  economic  language  we 
understand  by  the  system  of  the  division  of  labour 
are  measures  undertaken  to  increase  the  output 
and  reduce  the  cost  of  production  of  certain 
articles  of  general  use  by  subdividing  a  trade  into 
a  great  number  of  separate  branches.  This  system 
came  into  existence  during  the  early  part  of  the 

71 


THE  DIVISION  OF  LABOUR  75 

eighteenth  century,  the  classical  example  being 
that  eulogized  by  Adam  Smith  in  The  Wealth 
of  Nations,  namely  pin  making,  in  which  industry 
it  takes  twenty  men  to  make  a  pin,  each  man 
being  specialized  for  a  lifetime  on  a  single  process. 

Now  it  is  apparent  that  the  value  which  we 
place  upon  such  a  system  as  this  must  depend, 
as  does  our  opinion  of  everything  else  in  this 
universe,  upon  our  point  of  view.  Whether  we 
believe  this  system  to  be  a  blessing  or  a  curse 
depends  ultimately  upon  what  we  conceive  to  be 
the  object  of  industry.  If  the  object  of  industry 
is  to  cheapen  wares  as  much  as  possible,  then 
the  system  of  the  division  of  labour  is  a  real 
blessing  ;  but  if,  on  the  other  hand,  its  object  is 
to  produce  men  and  human  happiness,  then  it 
must  be  pronounced  the  greatest  curse  that 
has  ever  befallen  mankind.  The  Fabian,  reason- 
ing upon  fact,  and  leaving  human  nature  out  of 
account,  regards  it  as  a  blessing  because  it  pro- 
duces goods  in  a  great  quantity  and  cheaply. 
I,  on  the  other  hand — and  I  think  most  workers 
will  agree  with  me — believe  that  it  is  an  unmiti- 
gated curse,  and  that  the  cheapness  which  it  makes 
possible  is  no  compensation  for  the  degradation 
of  the  lives  of  the  producers,  which  is  its  inevit- 
able accompaniment.  It  begins  by  cheapening 
goods  ;  it  ends  by  cheapening  men. 

Now,  lest  any  of  my  readers  should  imagine 
that  this  system  is  necessary  if  the  mass  of  the 
workers  are  to  enjoy  the  comforts  of  life,  I  would 
point  out  that  without  it  there  would  be  plenty 


76          THE  DIVISION  OF  LABOUR 

for  all  and  to  spare  if  all  did  their  share  of  the 
work  to  be  done  in  the  world.  In  the  Middle 
Ages  there  was  an  eight -hours  day,  and  there 
were  sixty  saints'  days  on  which  the  people  had 
holiday,  and  yet  they  had  sufficient  leisure  to 
build  our  cathedrals  and  to  decorate  the  most 
utilitarian  objects.  Sir  Thomas  More  in  his 
Utopia,  which  was  written  in  the  sixteenth  century, 
estimated  that  if  all  did  their  share  of  work  a 
six -hours  day  would  suffice  to  do  all  which  needed 
doing  ;  and  this  estimate,  I  imagine,  would  take 
for  granted  a  certain  amount  of  elaborate  craft 
work  which,  strictly  speaking,  is  a  luxury,  for 
to  the  Medievalist  mind  beauty  was  a  necessity. 
It  would  appear  therefore  from  this  that  if  the 
aim  of  social  reform  is  to  reduce  the  hours  of 
labour  as  much  as  possible,  then  if  industry  were 
strictly  utilitarian,  it  would  be  possible  to  do 
what  is  required  by  hand  labour  and  without 
the  division  of  labour  in  a  four-  or  five-hours 
day. 

I  said  that  the  cheapness  which  results  from 
the  division  of  labour  is  no  compensation  for 
the  degradation  of  the  lives  of  the  producers.  It 
is  impossible  for  a  man  to  be  happy  who  is 
compelled  to  spend  his  whole  working  life  in 
the  repetition  of  a  single  mechanical  operation. 
If  it  be  true,  as  Aristotle  asserts,  thai  happiness 
is  the  result  of  complete  activity  or  its  complement 
(according  to  the  Hindus)  of  complete  inactivity, 
then  the  division  of  labour  must  be  at  the  root 
of  endless  misery.  For  what  can  be  worse  for 


THE   DIVISION  OF  LABOUR  77 

a  man  than  to  spend  his  whole  life  in  a  narrow 
and  artificial  activity,  which  precludes  alike  the 
possibility  of  spontaneity  and  rest?  For  both 
activity  and  inactivity  must  be  voluntary  if  they 
are  to  lead  to  happiness. 

.We  often  hear  it  said  nowadays  that  there  is 
a  slump  in  happiness  ;  and  for  the  majority  I 
think  it  is  true.  It  is  the  effect  of  this  system 
on  our  lives.  Commencing  with  such  simple 
things  as  pins  and  needles,  the  principle  has  been 
applied  'first  to  this  and  then  to  that,  until  in  one 
way  or  another  nearly  all  of  us  are  enslaved, 
and  everywhere  we  find  that  men  tend  to  become 
increasingly  specialized  along  the  lines  of  one 
single  groove.  The  corruption  has  reached  the 
professions,  which  is  the  beginning  of  the  end, 
for  when  specialization  is  complete  the  co-ordi- 
nating mind,  which  is  essential  to  join  the 
specialists  together,  will  no  longer  be  available. 

Again,  specialization  not  only  leads  to  confused 
thinking,  for  no  man  can  think  clearly  whose 
experience  of  life  is  confined  to  a  narrow  area, 
but  it  puts  too  great  a  strain  upon  one  aspect 
of  a  man's  nature.  A  man  can  only  be  really 
happy  when  every  side  of  his  nature  is  given 
opportunity  for  expression.  To  force  him  into 
a  groove  is,  so  far  as  his  soul  is  concerned, 
to  put  him  into  prison. 

The  Fabian  Essays  lead  off  with  the  significant 
dogma  that  "  All  economic  analysis  begins  with 
the  cultivation  of  the  earth."  This  may  perhaps 
be  true  within  certain  limits.  With  equal  truth 


78  THE   DIVISION   OF  LABOUR 

it  may  be  affirmed  that  "  all  social  analysis  begins 
with  the  nature  of  man,"  and  for  the  purposes 
of  social  reconstruction  it  is  the  real  starting-point, 
because,  as  it  is  necessary  to  act  through  men 
if  we  are  going  to  change  things,  a  theory  of 
social  reconstruction  which  makes  the  nature  of 
man  the  starting-point  in  its  analysis  will  have 
a  very  direct  bearing  upon  human  possibilities. 
It  will  not  be  necessary  for  me  to  answer 
the  question  :  What  is  man,  and  what  are  his 
possibilities?  It  will  be  sufficient  for  our 
immediate  purpose  to  affirm  that  it  is  natural 
for  man  to  take  pleasure  in  his  work  ;  and  if 
he  is  unable  to  take  it,  then  there  is  something 
radically  wrong  with  the  conditions  of  his  labour. 
His  instincts  will  be  thwarted  and  his  life  will 
be  corrupted  at  its  roots.  He  will  cease  to  be  a 
normal  man,  and  a  feeling  of  restlessness  will 
overcome  him,  which  feeling,  in  its  reaction  upon 
society,  will  vitiate  all  healthy  human  relation- 
ships. Thus,  hating  work,  he  will  desire  to 
accumulate  money  that  he  may  be  relieved  of  its 
necessity,  whilst  he  will  be  unable  to  find  delight 
in  the  normal  pleasures  of  life.  He  will  crave 
excitement.  I  am  assured  that  the  spirit  of 
gambling  and  speculation,  which  is  such  a  peril 
to  modern  society,  has  its  roots  in  the  monotonous 
nature  of  the  work  to  which  most  men  have 
been  condemned  by  the  division  of  labour  and 
its  social  implications.  False  social  standards  are 
exalted,  and  in  a  thousand  and  one  ways  evil 
influences  are  set  in  motion.  In  a  word,  "  every- 


THE  DIVISION  OF  LABOUR  79 

thing  is  turned  upside  down,"  which  common 
phrase  is  the  most  perfect  definition  of  the  social 
problem  ever  enunciated.  Things  are  upside 
down  ;  that  is  the  matter  with  modern  society. 

Now,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  though  the 
system  of  the  division  of  labour  cheapens  pro- 
duction, it  does  not  allow  the  workers  to  take 
advantage  "of  the  resulting  cheapness.  The  skill 
of  the  craftsman  is  an  asset  like  property.  It 
gives  him  an  effective  bargaining  power  in  the 
market,  and  so  enables  him  to  get  a  decent 
wage.  But  the  system  of  the  division  of  labour 
demands  little  or  no  skill  of  the  individual  worker, 
and  the  capitalist  finds  it  easy  to  exploit  the 
unskilled  worker.  Deprived  of  his  skill,  the 
worker  can  offer  no  effective  resistance  to  the 
tyranny  of  the  capitalist,  who  can  bring  in  the 
competition  of  boy  and  woman  labour  to  drag 
down  his  wages  to  mere  subsistence  level.  And 
there  can  be  no  remedy  so  long  as  this  diabolical 
system  is  allowed  to  endure.  Fabianism  supports 
it,  as  it  does  every  instrument  of  oppression. 
Speeding-up  is  nothing  new  in  industry.  It  is 
merely  the  application  to  skilled  trades  of  a 
tyranny  under  which  the  unskilled  have  suffered 
for  nearly  two  hundred  years. 

I  will  conclude  this  chapter  with  a  quotation 
from  Ruskin,  in  which  he  directed  public  atten- 
tion to  this  evil  sixty  years  ago.  The  world 
would  have  been  much  happier  would  it  only 
have  listened  to  him.  It  is  from  The  Stones  of 
Venice. 


80  THE   DIVISION  OF   LABOUR 

We  have  much  studied  and  much  perfected  of  late  the 
great  civilized  invention  of  the  division  of  labour  ;  only  we 
give  it  a  false  name.  It  is  not,  truly  speaking,  the  labour  that 
is  divided,  but  the  men — divided  into  mere  segments  of  men 
— broken  into  small  fragments  and  crumbs  of  life;  so  that  all 
the  little  piece  of  intelligence  that  is  left  in  a  man  is  not 
enough  to  make  a  pin  or  a  nail,  but  exhausts  itself  in  making 
the  point  of  a  pin  or  the  head  of  a  nail.  Now,  it  is  a  good  and 
desirable  thing,  truly,  to  make  many  pins  a  day  ;  but  if  we 
could  only  see  with  what  crystal  sand  their  'points  were 
polished — sand  of  human  soul,  much  to  be  magnified  before 
it  can  be  discerned  for  what  it  is — we  should  think  that  there 
might  be  some  loss  in  it  also.  And  the  great  cry  that  rises 
from  all  our  manufacturing  cities,  louder  than  their  furnace 
blast,  is  all  in  very  deed  for  this — that  we  manufacture  every- 
thing there  except  men  ;  we  blanch  cotton,  and  strengthen 
steel,  and  refine  sugar,  and  shape  pottery  ;  but  to  brighten,  to 
strengthen,  to  refine,  or  to  form  a  single  living  spirit  never 
enters  into  our  estimate  of  advantages.  And  all  the  evil  to 
which  that  cry  is  urging  our  myriads  can  be  met  only  in  one 
way  :  not  by  teaching  nor  preaching,  for  to  teach  them  is  but 
to  show  them  their  misery,  and  to  preach  to  them,  if  we  do 
nothing  more  than  preach,  is  to  mock  at  it.  It  can  be  met 
only  by  a  right  understanding  on  the  part  of  all  classes,  of 
what  kinds  of  labour  are  good  for  men,  raising  them,  and 
making  them  happy ;  by  a  determined  sacrifice  of  such 
convenience,  or  beauty,  or  cheapness  as  is  to  be  got  only  by 
the  degradation  of  the  workman,  and  by  equally  determined 
demand  for  the  products  and  results  of  healthy  and  ennobling 
labour. 

There  is  one  comment  it  is  necessary  for  me 
to  make  on  this  eloquent  passage,  and  it  lies 
at  the  root  of  Ruskin's  failure.  He  disdained 
to  preach  to  the  people,  not  understanding  that 
reform  from  above  can  only  be  successful  on 
the  assumption  that  it  is  met  by  an  impulse  from 


THE  DIVISION  OF  LABOUR  81 

below.  .We  know  better  than  this  to-day.  This 
nightmare  out  of  Bedlam  will  never  come  to  an 
end  until  the  people  rebel  against  it  and  claim 
their  right  to  be  treated  as  responsible  and  human 
beings.  So  long  as  they  are  content  to  work 
as  the  mere  cogs  in  a  machine,  neither  economic 
nor  spiritual  emancipation  is  possjble. 


IX 
MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY 

CLOSELY  allied  with  the  problems  connected  with 
the   system  of  the  division  of  labour  is  that  of 
machine    production.       If    we    decide    that    the 
division  of  labour   is  a   curse,   and   is   the   cause 
alike  of  the  modern  unhappiness  and  the  economic 
servitude  of  the  workers,  then  it  follows  that   in 
so  far  as  the  use  of  machinery  necessitates  this 
subdivision    of   function,    it    can    only    have   evil 
results.     If,  also,  it  be  true  that  the  happiness  and 
independence   of   the    workers    is    the   only    basis 
upon  which  a  reasonable  and   stable  society  can 
be  built,   the   use  of  machinery  will  need   to  be 
limited  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  this  possible. 
Socialists  are  very  fond  of  using  the  phrase— 
"  Machinery  must  be  the  slave  of  man,  and  not 
his  master."     I  wonder  how  many  of  those  who 
have  expressed  their  opinions  in  this  way  under- 
stand  the   implications   of   their   words,   for   they 
are  accustomed  to  suppose  that  machinery  would, 
of  necessity,  become  the  slave  of  man  if  its  profits 
or  its  products  were  divided  among  the  workers. 
But   is   this    so?      Granted,    for   the    purposes    of 
argument,   that  the   control  of   machinery  might 


MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY         83 

pass  into  the  hands  of  the  workers  organized 
in  Guilds,  it  would  be  possible  for  the  workers 
to  share  its  profits  or  products  and  to  suppress 
adulteration  and  jerry  work  ;  but  that  would  not 
make  machinery  the  slave  of  man.  I  am  per- 
suaded that  there  is  more  in  the  problem  than 
that — that,  indeed,  machinery  might  be  owned  by 
the  Guilds  and  its  more  flagrant  abuses  abolished, 
and  yet  might  be  the  master  instead  of  the  slave 
of  man.  I  contend  that  the  man  who  spends 
his  whole  life  in  repeating  some  simple  mechanical 
process  is  the  slave  of  machinery,  though  he 
should  be  a  millionaire. 

Such  a  man  might  be  well -clothed,  housed, 
and  fed,  and  yet  the  machine  would  be  using 
him,  and  not  he  the  machine.  If  we  think  more 
about  this  matter  we  shall  see  that  whether 
machinery  is  the  slave  of  man  or  his  master  is 
not  primarily  a  question  of  ownership,  but  is  re- 
lative to  the  size  of  the  machine.  In  the  same 
way,  when  we  say  that  "  fire  is  a  good  servant, 
but  a  bad  master,"  we  are  thinking  of  its  size. 
A  fire  that  we  can  control  is  one  whose  boundaries 
are  clearly  defined — one  that  we  can  isolate.  The 
same  truth  holds  good  with  respect  to  the  control 
of  machinery.  To  control  it  we  must  be  in  a 
position  to  isolate  it.  And  this  problem,  so  far 
as  production  is  concerned,  resolves  itself  finally 
into  a  question  of  size.  ,We  can  isolate  a  small 
machine  because  we  can  turn  it  off  or  on  at  will, 
as  is  the  case  with  the  sewing  machine.  Such 
a  machine  can  be  used  to  reduce  the  amount  of 


S4         MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY 

drudgery  that  requires  to  be  done,  and  enable 
us  to  pursue  more  interesting  work.  But  when 
machinery  is  used  on  a  large  scale  it  is  different. 
Those  who  make  use  of  it  must  keep  it  in  com- 
mission. It  must  be  fed  ;  and  to  feed  it  a 
man  must  sacrifice  himself  mentally  and  morally 
to-day.  Hence  it  happens  that  among  all  those 
who  are  connected  with  faiachine  production  there 
is  an  absolute  indifference  to  the  interests  of  every- 
thing except  the  one  all-absorbing  interest  and 
aim  of  keeping  it  going.1  That  is  why  the 
tendency  of  machine  production  is  to  place  the 
control  of  industry  entirely  into  the  hands  of  a 
hard  and  narrow  type  of  man — the  financial  men, 
who  are  undoubtedly  the  least  imaginative  section 
of  the  community,  or,  to  be  more  correct,  are 
imaginative  only  on  the  lower  and  selfish  plane 
of  thought. 

The  control  of  industry  by  men  of  this  type 
is  inevitable  with  the  extensive  use  of  machinery, 
because  only  men  of  such  temperament  aspire 
to  its  control  under  these  conditions.  Modern 
society  finds  itself  at  the  mercy  of  such  men 
because  men  with  broader  and  more  humane 
sympathies  naturally  shrink  from  the  narrow  and 
sordid  life  which  the  control  of  machinery  and 
the  administration  of  finance  involves.  It  is  to 
be  observed  that  though  Fabians  and  such-like 

1  There  are  certain  kinds  of  large  machines  against  which 
this  objection  could  not  always  be  urged,  as,  for  instance, 
machinery  for  pumping  or  lifting.  Against  the  use  of  such 
machinery  there  can  be  no  objection. 


MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY         85 

people  profess  to  believe  in  a  glorious  future  for 
machinery,  they  nevertheless  prefer  to  follow  occu- 
pations not  directly  connected  with  it.  And  so 
does  everybody  else  who  is  able  to  choose,  because 
machine  tending  is  so  monotonous  and  deadening. 
The  only  interesting  work  connected  with  it  lies 
with  the  inventor,  and  with  such  hand  work  as 
still  requires  to  be  done.  Machine  tending  is 
a  different  matter.  It  means  putting  oneself  for 
life  into  a  narrow  groove,  and  every  man  with 
imagination  seeks  to  escape  from  such  a  fate, 
as  from  death.  There  was  some  wisdom  in  that 
old  regulation  of  the  Laws  of  Manu  which  forbade 
the  use  of  all  but  small  machines,  it  being  held 
that  the  use  of  large  ones  was  inimical  to  society 
as  tending  to  foster  the  growth  of  the  commercial 
spirit.  The  Laws  of  Manu,  I  might  add,  are 
the  code  of  laws  which  underlie  the  Hindu  caste 
system. 

Considerations  of  this  kind  suggest  the  desira- 
bility of  looking  at  the  problem  from  all  points 
of  view.  The  final  question  which  we  must 
always  ask  in  considering  such  issues  is  not  how 
much  more  cheaply  can  goods  be  produced  by 
extending  the  use  of  machinery,  but  how  are 
such  innovations  likely  to  affect  the  character  of 
men,  and  how  do  they  affect  the  position  of  the 
young?  iWe  shall  never  be  able  to  secure  a 
more  equitable  distribution  of  wealth  in  the  com- 
munity so  long  as  we  lend  our  approval  to  methods 
of  production  which  assist  the  advancement  in 
society  of  its  most  selfish  men,  Some  day, 


86         MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY 

perhaps,  we  may  come  to  understand  that  pro- 
duction ;  and  distribution  are  not  two  separate 
problems,  as  economists  hitherto  have  been 
accustomed  to  suppose,  but  are  indissolubly  linked 
together  in  the  nature  and  character  of  men,  and 
that  our  failure  to  solve  the  problem  of  distri- 
bution is  largely  to  be  accounted  for  by  our 
prejudices  regarding  methods  of  production. 

I  said  that  in  considering  this  problem  we 
must  have  regard  to  the  position  of  the  young. 
In  every  craft  there  is  much  work  which,  from 
,the  standpoint  of  the  skilled  craftsman,  may  be 
ranked  as  drudgery,  and  yet  it  may  not  be  advis- 
able to  do  it  by  machinery,  as  such  work  is  often 
very  valuable  for  the  purpose  of  training  appren- 
tices. Nowadays,  when  machinery  has  absorbed 
most  of  this  work,  the  apprentices  cannot  get 
proper  training.  iWe  attempt  to  remedy  this  defect 
by  the  provision  of  Technical  Schools.  .We  spend 
a  great  deal  of  money  on  them,  and  yet  we  only 
deal  with  a  small  minority  of  the  boys.  There 
is  no  chance  of  the  principle  being  given  a  wider 
application,  not  only  because  of  its  great  cost, 
but  because  the  growth  of  machinery  has  so  under- 
mined the  demand  for  skilled  labour  that  there 
would  be  no  market  for  these  boys  if  a  greater 
number  were  trained.  Most  of  this  money  is  sheer 
waste,  and  more  than  counterbalances  what  is 
saved  by  using  machinery,  while  the  training  which 
these  schools  afford  is  at  the  best  nothing  like  so 
good  as  that  provided  by  the  old  apprenticeship 
system.  The  training  has  a  tendency  to  become 


MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY         87 

unrelated  to  practical  work.  There  is  something 
in  the  atmosphere  of  a  workshop,  with  its  patri- 
archal spirit,  which  allows  the  apprentice  to  learn 
a  trade  in  what  we  may  call  an  organic  way. 
Dr.  Coomaraswamy  tells  us  that  it  is  still  thought 
in  India  that  the  master's  secret  may  best  be 
learnt  by  the  apprentice  in  devoted  personal 
service.  Needless  to  say,  such  relationships  are 
impossible  in  a  technical  school.  The  whole 
system  is  too  impersonal.  Boys  who  are  taught 
in  them  are  apt  to  be  deficient  in  the  power  of 
adaptability.  The  reason  for  this  is,  as  a  technical 
school  teacher  once  explained  to  me,  that  as  in 
a  workshop  there  are  several  men  to  one  boy, 
the  boy  gradually  becomes  a  part  of  a  continuous 
tradition  ;  whereas,  in  a  technical  school,  there 
are  many  boys  to  one  man,  and  this  sense  of  tradi- 
tion is  lost.  The  proper  attitude  towards  technical 
schools  is  to  regard  them  at  the  best  as  a  stopgap. 
They  can  never  become  a  substitute  for  appren- 
ticeship . 

Modern  industry  makes  no  provision  for  the 
young.  Large-scale  machine  production,  by  creat- 
ing impersonal  relationships,  has  destroyed  our 
sense  of  responsibility.  Commercialism  does  not 
look  upon  the  rising  generation  as  something  for 
which  we  are  responsible,  but  as  material  for 
exploitation.  It  is  impossible  to  separate  the 
problem  of  boy  labour  from  those  of  the  division 
of  labour  and  unregulated  machine  production.  It 
is  only  the  intellectual  cowardice  of  Collectivists, 
who  felt  that  to  connect  them  struck  at  the  very 


88         MACHINERY  AND  INDUSTRY 

centre  of  their  theory  of  social  evolution,  that  has 
hitherto  prevented  its  recognition.  The  remedy 
presented  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Webb  in  the  Minority 
Report  of  the  Poor  Law  Commission  is  the  last 
word  in  timidity  and  futility.  Instead  of  finding 
the  root  of  the  problem  in  unregulated  machine 
production,  they  proposed  to  give  everybody  a 
technical  training.  .What  is  to  be  the  nature  of 
this  training  I  am  entirely  at  a  loss  to  make  out, 
for  they  admit  the  skilled  trades  are  overcrowded, 
and  that  in  the  unskilled  trades  are  to  be  found 
many  who  once  followed  skilled  occupations  and 
have  lost  their  footing  owing  to  the  spread  of 
machinery.  So  that,  finally,  it  comes  to  this — 
that  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Webb  hope  to  solve  the  problem 
of  boy  labour  by  teaching  boys  trades  for  skill 
in  which  they  admit  there  is  no  demand.  This 
is  typical  of  the  contradictions  in  which  Collec- 
tivists  have  in  these  days  become  involved,  and 
the  fundamental  cause  of  it  all  is  that  they  have 
never  dared  to  face  this  question  of  machinery. 
If  the  reform  movement  is  going  to  follow  such 
leadership  as  this,  then  clearly  our  social  and  in- 
dustrial system  can  have  only  one  ending.  There 
will  some  day  be  no  competence  left  to  run  it. 


X 
MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY 

IN  the  last  chapter  I  stated  the  principles  which 
I  am  persuaded  should  govern  the  application 
of  machinery  to  production.  In  this  one  I  propose 
to  explain  the  nature  of  the  evils  which  have 
followed  the  neglect  or  'disregard  of  them. 

Foremost  amongst  these  is  the  growth  of 
economic  instability  in  our  society,  which  is  directly 
attributable  to  the  misapplication  of  machinery. 
A  nation  to  be  stable  must  be  so  at  its  base. 
The  workers  must  neither  be  insecure  nor  suffer 
from  a  sense  of  insecurity.  They  should  be  able 
to  take  their  work  in  a  leisurely  fashion,  and 
regard  themselves  as  having  a  job  for  life  ;  or, 
in  other  words,  they  must  be  rooted.  If  they  go 
from  one  job  to  another  it  should  be  from  choice, 
and  not  out  of  necessity.  This,  I  contend,  is 
the  only  basis  of  a  stable  society  ;  and  if  such 
conditions  do  not  obtain,  and  uncertainty  comes 
to  prevail  in  people's  lives,  then  it  will  tend 
gradually  to  undermine  all  the  cardinal  virtues 
upon  which  national  stability  finally  rests.  The 
workers  will  lose  their  courage  and  independence, 
a.nd  will  become  demoralized,  having,  indeed,  no 


00  MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY 

higher    aim   than    that    of    keeping    going    from 
day   to  day. 

Now,  extensive  machine  production  denies 
security  to  those  engaged  in  it.  It  places  them 
at  the  mercy  of  forces  over  which  they  have  no 
control,  nor,  I  am  persuaded,  ever  can  have.  The 
workers  are  to-day  dependent  on  a  new  inven- 
tion, a  prospector's  luck,  a  change  of  tariffs  in 
some  foreign  land,  a  change  of  fashion,  and  a 
thousand  and  one  other  things  ;  and  though  some 
of  these  things  do  not  immediately  arise  from  the 
employment  of  machinery,  but  have  existed  from 
the  earliest  times,  their  evil  has  become  enormously 
intensified  since  its  introduction.  Extensive 
machine  production  means  quantitative  production, 
and  if  goods  are  produced  in  such  quantities 
that  they  cannot  be  consumed  for  the  most  part 
locally,  then  the  element  of  uncertainty  begins 
to  increase.  Within  certain  limits  uncertainty  is, 
of  course,  inevitable.  But  there  is  a  fundamental 
difference  between  the  uncertainty  which,  in  an 
agricultural  community,  is  due  to  a  bad  harvest, 
and  the  artificial  uncertainty  caused  by  overpro- 
duction, a  change  of  fashion,  or  a  new  invention. 
The  former  is  inevitable,  and  as  a  rule  is  only 
temporary  ;  the  latter  is  purely  artificial,  and  is 
apt  to  be  much  more  serious.  In  America,  where 
industry  is  more  developed,  and  machinery  more 
misapplied,  the  changes  are  often  violent.  A 
factory  works  at  full  pressure  for  several  months, 
and  then  it  closes  down  until  it  can  dispose  of 
its  surplus  stock.  Meanwhile  the  workers  are 


MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY  91 

left  to  starve.  This  tendency  is  inevitable,  and 
will  continue  to  increase  so  long  as  we  worship 
machinery  in  the  utterly  irrational  way  we  do  to- 
day. To  use  machinery  as  a  slave  is  impossible 
for  a  people  who  treat  it  as  a  divinity. 

Evidence  is  not  wanting  that  unregulated 
machine  production  is  carrying  us  along  this  path 
of  destruction.  Mr.  Chesterton  once  said  that 
modern  society  was  getting  top-heavy,  and  the 
danger  was  that  it  would  turn  turtle.  The  Census 
of  Production  appears  to  support  this  contention, 
for,  according  to  an  article  which  recently  appeared 
in  the  New.  Statesman,  by  Sir  Leo  Chiozza  Money,1 
whose  authority  on  this  matter  I  am  prepared  to 
accept,  "  a  surprisingly  small  proportion  of  men, 
women,  and  children,  engaged  in  occupations  for 
gain,  are  actual  and  direct  producers  of  material 
commodities,  whether  minerals,  agricultural  pro- 
ducts, or  manufactured  articles,"  while  there  is 
a  "  monstrous  disproportion  of  distributors,  traf- 
fickers, and  hangers-on  of  various  kinds,  whose 
work  is  of  little  or  no  economic  value,  and  who 
serve  to  attenuate  the  thin  stream  of  commodities 
— many  of  them  consisting  of  rubbish — deliber- 
ately and  knowingly  produced  as  rubbish — which 
flows  from  the  places  where  the  real  work  of  the 
nation  is  done."  Sir  Leo  does  not  give  us  the 
exact  proportions  which  the  useful  and  useless 
labour  bear  to  each  other  ;  nor  is  it  necessary. 
It  is  sufficient  that  we  know  that  there  exists  this 

1  "  Delimitation  and  Transmutation  of  Industries,"  by  Sir 
Leo  Chiozza  Money,  M.P.  (New  Statesman,  March  14,  1914). 


92  MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY 

monstrous  disproportion.  Any  one  with  eyes  to 
see  knows  this  to  be  true,  quite  apart  from  the 
corroborative  testimony  of  the  Census  of  Produc- 
tion. Sir  Leo  offers  no  explanation  of  its  cause. 
He  merely  states  it  as  a  fact,  the  inference  being 
that  it  is  to  be  ascribed  entirely  to  the  unequal 
distribution  of  wealth. 

Needless  to  say,  to  a  certain  extent  this  is  true  ; 
but  it  is  not  the  whole  of  the  truth  by  any  means, 
for  it  is  demonstrable  that  in  a  far  higher  degree 
the  disproportion  of  useless  to  useful  labour  is 
due  to  our  excessive  use  of  machinery.  Every 
time  a  machine  is  invented  to  do  useful  and 
necessary  work,  which  hitherto  was  done  by  hand, 
it  transfers  a  certain  number  of  men  from  useful 
to  useless  occupations.  It  increases  the  number 
of  distributors,  traffickers,  and  hangers-on  of 
various  kinds,  or,  in  other  words,  it  turns  the 
craftsman  into  a  commercial  traveller  l  or  a  maker 
of  useless  commodities.  This  process  will  con- 
tinue until  we  make  up  our  minds  to  limit  the 
use  of  machinery.  It  is  no  use  arguing,  as  Sir 
Leo  does,  that  it  would  be  possible,  with  a  strong 
central  authority,  to  remedy  this  defect  by  re- 
distributing the  work  of  the  community  in  such 
a  way  as  to  transfer  men  back  from  useless 
to  useful  work,  because  it  so  happens  that,  as 
industry  becomes  more  complex,  the  establish- 
ment of  a  strong  central  authority  becomes  increas- 

1  According  to  Advertising  and  Progress,  by  E.  S.  Hole  and 
John  Hart,  the  capital  invested  in  distribution  to-day  is  about 
three  times  as  great  as  that  invested  in  actual  production, 


MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY  93 

ingly  difficult.  Even  if  one  could  be  established 
we  should  be  no  better  off,  for  the  number  of 
adjustments  required  would  be  legion,  and  there 
is  no  man  living; — nor  is  there  ever  likely  to  be 
one — who  will  have  sufficient  knowledge  and  ex- 
perience to  get  a  grip  of  the  endless  details 
necessary  to  effect  such  a  delimitation  and  trans- 
mutation of  occupations.  If  there  were  one,  too, 
he  would  be  powerless,  because  he  would  be  con- 
fronted with  the  problem  of  vested  interests.  The 
truth  is,  this  is  not  the  way  things  are  done. 
There  is  a  limit  to  the  successful  application  of 
the  principle  of  control  from  without,  and  that 
limit  has  long  since  been  reached.  The  only 
way  to  grapple  with  this  problem  is  by  giving 
application  to  the  principle  of  control  from  within, 
such  as  would  follow  the  restoration  of  the  Guilds. 
Sir  Leo  Chiozza  Money  is  a  believer  in  the 
extended  use  of  machinery,  but  he  does  not  believe 
in  Guilds.  He  is  consistent  in  his  point  of  view, 
for  it  is  almost  a  certainty  that  if  the  Guilds  were 
restored  efforts  would  be  made  to  regulate 
machinery.  That  is,  indeed,  one  of  the  reasons 
why  we  want  to  see  them  restored.  Sir  Leo  sees 
a  danger  in  this,  for  he  says  that  :  "We  have  to 
beware  lest  we  stereotype  forms  and  institutions 
which  frustrate  the  proper  use  of  great  ideas," 
as  the  groups  or  Guilds  "  would  seek  to  perpetuate 
their  functions,  whether  they  were  useful  or  not." 
If  this  were  true  it  would  be  a  valid  objection, 
but  I  am  assured  there  is  no  such  danger  possible. 
I  deny  the  possibility  of  superimposing  Guild 


94          MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY 

organization  over  latter-day  parasitic  and  useless 
occupations.  Guild  organization  could  only  be 
applied  to  industries  which  had  a  basis  in  real 
human  needs,  and  commencing'  with  these,  the 
surplus  labour  which  nowadays  is  compelled  to 
follow  useless  occupations  would  be  absorbed  as 
it  became  possible  to  regulate  machinery.  It  is 
strange  that  Sir  Leo  should  object  to  Guild  organi- 
zation for  these  reasons,  for  it  was  the  realization 
of  the  danger  of  stereotyping  men  which  first 
opened  my  eyes  to  the  evils  of  Collectivism,  and 
led  me  to  place  my  hopes  for  the  future  in  the 
restoration  of  the  Guilds.  This  stereotyping  is 
now  more  than  a  danger  ;  it  is  an  established 
fact. 

Finally,  I  would  suggest  the  wisdom  of  not 
accepting  scientists  at  their  own  valuation.  tWe 
have  fallen  into  a  fatal  habit  of  assuming  that 
a  thing  which  is  new  is  in  some  mysterious  way 
beneficial  to  society.  A  new  device  has  only 
to  call  itself  scientific  and  it  is  assumed,  without 
further  question,  that  it  is  superior  in  every  way 
to  the  thing  which  it  seeks  to  supplant.  Such, 
however,  is  rarely  the  case.  .What  scientific  men 
invariably  do  is  to  seek  the  remedy  for  one  evil 
by  creating  another,  and,  generally  speaking,  a 
worse.  Our  memories  are  very  short,  or  we  would 
be  very  sceptical  about  the  predictions  of  scientific 
men.  Their  promises  are  rarely  fulfilled,  and 
most  of  them  show  no  signs  of  ever  being  ful- 
filled. They  prophesied  that  the  application  of 
machinery  to  industry  would  give  the  people 


MACHINERY  AND  SOCIETY  95 

leisure  by  reducing  the  amount  of  drudgery  to 
be  done  in  the  world.  Are  there  any  signs  of  it? 
Has  not  precisely  the  opposite  state  of  things 
come  about?  They  told  us  that  money-making 
would  make  the  many  rich.  Are  there  any  signs 
of  it?  Has  not  again  precisely  the  opposite  come 
about,  and  have  not  the  masses  been  precipitated 
into  the  most  abject  poverty  the  world  has  ever 
seen?  They  told  us  that  Free  Trade  and  universal 
markets  would  inaugurate  an  era  of  peace  and 
good  will  amongst  nations  !  Again,  I  say,  are 
there  any  signs  of  it,  and  are  we  not  exhausting 
our  resources  to-day  in  a  competition  for  arma- 
ments? Why  should  we  listen  seriously  to  a 
point  of  view  with  such  a  record  of  failure  behind 
it,  or  to  men  who  make  promises  which  they  have 
no  idea  how  to  fulfil  ;  whose  only  remedy,  indeed, 
for  every  evil  is  to  take  measures  to  increase  it. 


XI 

THE    ULTIMATE   BASE   OF   INDUS- 
TRIALISM 

THE  final  answer  to  Socialists,  who  imagine  that 
it  is  possible  to  remedy  the  evils  of  poverty  by 
compromising  with  Industrialism,  is  that,  if  they 
could  be  successful  in  their  efforts,  Industrialism 
itself  would  immediately  collapse,  for  no  one  could 
be  found  to  do  the  objectionable  and  dangerous 
work  which  lies  at  its  base. 

Socialists  who  talk  glibly  about  the  blessings 
of  Industrialism  are  invariably  members  of  the 
middle  class,  who  profit  at  the  expense  of  their 
fellows.  Industrialism  has  brought  them  many 
conveniences,  and  it  has  also  given  them  oppor- 
tunities for  travel.  They  dream  of  a  day  when 
the  mass  of  the  workers  will  enjoy  the  same 
opportunities,  not  realizing  it  is  an  utterly  impos- 
sible dream.  It  is  merely  a  middle-class  illusion, 
for  these  conveniences  are  only  made  possible  by 
the  existence  in  our  society  of  a  class  of  workers 
who  are  not  so  fortunately  placed. 

In  a  new  country  like  South  Africa  it  has 
only  hitherto  been  possible  to  get  such  work  done 

06 


ULTIMATE   BASE   OF  INDUSTRIALISM     97 

by  tempting  the  cupidity  of  workers  who  were 
anxious  to  make  a  pile  in  a  short  space  of  time 
and  to  return  home.  In  this  country  the  capitalist 
finds  himself  to-day  under  no  such  necessity.  His 
policy  is  to  sweat  the  workers.  He  aims  at  the 
deliberate  creation  of  a  class  of  workers  so  de- 
graded, and  with  an  outlook  in  life  so  hopeless, 
that  they  will  have  little  option  but  to  do  the 
horrible  and  dangerous  work  which  lies  at  the 
base  of  industrialism.  This  he  has  been  able 
to  do  because  he  found  such  a  slave  class  ready 
to  his  hand,  which  had  come  into  existence  as 
a  result  of  the  appropriation  of  the  land  by  the 
few  and  the  economic  uncertainties  which  had 
followed  the  growth  of  quantitative  production. 
Apart  from  the  use  which  is  made  of  machinery, 
the  most  important  difference  between  the  present 
day  processes  of  manufacture  and  those  that  ob- 
tained in  the  past  is  due  to  the  use  of  chemicals. 
Nearly  all  the  newer  developments  of  industry 
which  Mr.  H.  G.  3A5ells,  Sir  Leo  Chiozza  Money, 
and  their  friends  are  so  anxious  to  praise  have 
been  made  possible  by  the  discoveries  of  our 
chemists.  And  what  do  we  find  comes  about 
as  a  result  of  these  discoveries,  but  an  'utterly 
ruthless  disregard  for  the  claims  of  human  life, 
which  is  unparalleled  in  history?  By  comparison, 
the  slavery  of  the  Pagan  world  appears  as  a 
quite  humane  institution.  The  slave  of  the  past 
had  no  personal  liberty,  but  he  was  generally 
properly  fed,  and  in  other  respects  his  life  was 
tolerable,  except  in  the  darkest  periods.  He  was 

7 


98     ULTIMATE  BASE  OF  INDUSTRIALISM 

not  submitted  to  that  slow  physical  torture  which 
is  the  fate,  not  only  of  our  chemical  workers,  but 
of  those  in  a  great  many  other  industries  which, 
strictly  speaking,  may  not  be  classed  as  chemical 
ones.  Workers  engaged  in  the  manufacture  of 
alkalis,  rubber,  Portland  cement,  white  lead, 
aniline  dyes,  artificial  manures,  to  mention  only  a 
few,  come  from  a  degraded  class,  and  are  slowly 
poisoned  and  done  to  death  in  order  that  our 
industrial  system  may  continue  and  production 
be  placed  on  a  scientific  basis. 

There  is  nothing  new  in  all  this.  Facts  of 
this  kind  were  revealed  seventeen  years  ago  by 
Mr.  Robert  W;.  Sherard  in  The  White  Staves  of 
England,  which,  prior  to  its  publication  as  a  book, 
appeared  in  serial  form  in  Pearson's  Magazine. 
A  more  scathing  indictment  of  Industrialism  has 
never  been  written,  Mr.  Sherard  was  a  member 
of  the  Fabian  Society,  and  it  might  have  been 
expected  that  when  this  society  found  itself  in 
the  possession  of  such  information  it  would  have 
begun  to  look  upon  industrialism  and  the  dis- 
coveries of  science  in  a  new  light — that  it  would 
have  come  to  the  conclusion,  not  merely  that 
industrialism  sweated  the  workers,  but  that  its 
whole  aim  and  purpose  was  at  fault.  Such, 
unfortunately,  was  not  the  case.  The  glamour 
of  science  blinded  them  to  the  truth.  Mr. 
Sherard's  book  has  formed  the  subject  of  lectures 
and  articles  all  over  the  world.  But  official 
Fabianism  allowed  the  matter  quietly  to  drop, 
and  nowadays  there  are  few  Fabians  who  realize 


ULTIMATE  BASE  OF  INDUSTRIALISM     99 

the  existence  of  these  horrors.  Those  who  do,  tell 
us  that  the  remedy  is  to  be  found  in  the  shortening 
of  the  hours  of  labour  and  the  introduction  of 
safety  regulations,  etc.,  which  would  render  such 
evils,  where  they  were  not  actually  preventable, 
comparatively  harmless. 

To  me,  however,  this  proposed  solution  has 
never  been  convincing,  and  for  a  long  time  it 
puzzled  me  to  account  for  the  Fabian  attitude 
towards  this  problem.  Fabians  were  not  without 
sympathy  for  suffering,  and  it  is  unthinkable  that 
they  should  regard  physical  torture  as  of  less 
importance  than  poverty.  The  conclusion  at  which 
I  eventually  arrived  was  that  this  attitude  was 
attributable  to  their  materialistic  philosophy.  It 
becomes  apparent,  therefore,  that  if  our  ideal  of 
the  future  is  ultimately  translatable  into  the  terms 
of  the  present,  we  shall  find  ourselves  in  the  end 
committed  to  the  support  of  the  present  system. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Webb's  acquiescence  in  speeding- 
up  as  their  endorsement  of  the  Servile  State  is 
ultimately  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that 
with  such  a  limited  vision  they  can  see  no  alterna- 
tive. And  it  is  the  same,  I  imagine,  with  respect 
to  their  attitude  towards  our  chemical  industries. 
They  accept  as  inevitable,  evils  whose  existence 
they  deplore,  because  they  lack  the  requisite  imagi- 
nation to  see  their  way  to  abolish  them. 

Looking,  then,  at  our  chemical  industries  and 
dangerous  trades  from  this  point  of  view,  the 
failure  of  the  leaders  of  the  Fabian  Society  to 
handle  the  problem:  which  they  present  may  be 


100  ULTIMATE  BASE  OF  INDUSTRIALISM 

traced  to  their  lack  of  aesthetic  insight.  The 
official  Fabians  thought  such  evils  inevitable, 
because  the  products  of  such  industries  were  de- 
sirable. But  a  man  of  taste  knows  better.  He 
looks  at  things  in  a  different  way,  and  knows 
that  if  the  taste  of  the  community  could  be  raised, 
most  of  these  evils  would  automatically  disappear. 
I  should  not  like  to  be  so  rash  as  to  say  they 
would  all  do  so,  for  there  are  certain  evils  which 
are  not  to  be  eradicated  entirely  in  this  way. 
But,  in  any  case,  they  would  be  reduced  to  more 
manageable  dimensions. 

To  prove  exactly  how  far  such  a  statement 
is  true,  it  would  be  necessary  to  conduct  a 
very  wide  inquiry  into  industrial  processes  ;  but 
it  is  certainly  true,  up  to  a  certain  point.  So 
far  as  my  investigations  have  carried  me,  I  have 
discovered  that  innumerable  things  which  the  artist 
abominates  give  rise  to  dangerous  industries. 
Take  the  case  of  lead  poisoning,  so  well  known 
in  the  Potteries.  It  is  not  inevitable.  The  lead- 
less  glaze  made  with  felspar  is  not  dangerous. 
iWhy,  then,  is  it  not  in  general  use?  The  answer 
is  because,  as  the  modern  public  has  a  debased 
taste,  it  demands  a  high  glaze. 

And  so  again  with  respect  to  the  manufacture 
of  aniline  dyes  and  the  bleaching  of  fabrics,  which 
are  dangerous  trades.  The  artist  likes  dull  glazes, 
broken  colour,  and  a  feeling  of  texture  in  materials, 
but  the  public  to-day,  destitute  of  any  aesthetic 
perception  and  mechanical  in  its  taste,  likes  an 
appearance  of  smartness.  It  is  this  smartness, 


ULTIMATE  BASE  OF  INDUSTRIALISM    101 

or  trade  finish,  which  Mr.  Bernard  Shaw  is  so 
anxious  to  praise,  that  has  created  one  of  the 
main  sources  of  demand  for  chemicals  to-day. 
Another  reason  for  their  use  is  the  growth  of 
adulteration.  It  would  not  be  untrue  to  say  that, 
as  art  and  the  pride  of  craftsmanship  went  out 
of  industry,  chemistry  came  in.  Such  are  the 
benefits  which  science  has  brought  to  mankind.1 
It  looks,  indeed,  as  if  there  were  some  truth  after 
all  in  the  old  Eastern  proverb  that  "  knowledge 
is  evil." 

It  is  necessary  for  me  to  point  out  that  many 
of  the  evils  connected  with  production  are  in- 
creased by  the  specialization  involved  in  the  great 
industry.  In  the  old  days  of  small  industries  and 
small  workshops,  to  which  the  craftsman  hopes 
to  return,  many  of  these  dangerous  trades  formed 
part  of  other  trades,  and  so  the  evil  was  not 
felt.  But  as  industry  has  become  more  and  more 
specialized,  each  separate  process  has  tended  to 
become  a  trade  in  itself,  and  certain  men  become 
specialized  on  the  dangerous  part.  The  Collectivist 
is  very  fond  of  saying  that  in  the  future  everybody 

1  "For  long  to  come,  if  not  for  ever,  science  will  be  the 
remorseless  enemy  of  mankind.  I  see  it  destroying  all 
simplicity  and  gentleness  of  life,  all  beauty  of  the  world ;  I 
see  it  restoring  barbarism  under  a  mask  of  civilization  ;  I  see 
it  darkening  men's  minds  and  hardening  their  hearts  ;  I  see  it 
bringing  a  time  of  vast  conflicts,  which  will  pale  into  in- 
significance 'the  thousand  wars  of  old'  and,  as  likely  as  not, 
will  whelm  all  the  laborious  advances  of  mankind  in  blood- 
drenched  chaos"  (The  Private  Papers  of  Henry  Ryecrofl, 
by  George  Gissing). 


102  ULTIMATE  BASE  OF  INDUSTRIALISM 

will  have  to  take  his  share  of  the  dangerous 
work  of  the  world.  But  he  has  no  idea  how  he 
is  going  to  do  it.  In  these  circumstances  it  is 
necessary  to  tell  him.  It  is  by  restoring  the 
small  industry.  There  is  no  other  way. 


Xll 
THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT 

THE  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  our  analysis 
of  the  structure  of  industry  is  that  it  is  impossible 
to  superimpose  Guild  organization  upon  its 
existing  activities.  The  desire  for  profits,  the 
division  of  labour,  and  the  misapplication  of 
machinery,  have  introduced  such  a  measure  of 
confusion,  and  created  such  a  host  of  parasitic 
trades,  that  as  it  exists  to-day,  industry  is  in- 
capable of  organization  except  upon  a  capitalist 
basis.  So  long  as  it  remains  as  it  is,  the  capitalist 
will  inevitably  remain  master  of  the  position, 
because  industry  to-day  has  no  organic  structure 
apart  from  his  activities.  As  I  pointed  out  in 
an  earlier  chapter,  it  has  no  life  springing  from 
its  own  roots,  but  has  come  to  depend  upon  an 
external  and  artificial  stimulus  to  galvanize  it 
into  activity  from  above. 

In  these  circumstances  it  will  be  necessary, 
before  taking  measures  to  restore  the  Guilds,  to 
bring  industry  back  to  a  healthy  and  normal 
state.  We  must  pursue  a  policy  which  will 
enable  us  to  rid  ourselves  of  the  incubus  of 
the  parasitic  trades  by,  the  gradual  absorption 
of  the  workers  into  the  useful  ones.  The  way 

103 


104       THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT 

to  do  this,  in  so  far  as  it  is  an  urban  problem, 
is  to  effect  a  general  revival  of  handicraft. 
Such  a  revival  would  restore  to  industry  the 
base  which  the  misapplication  of  machinery  has 
destroyed.  Upon  this  base  we  could  build.  The 
immediate  economic  effect  of  a  revival  of  'handi- 
craft would  be  to  relieve  the  pressure  of  com- 
petition by  giving  employment  to  a  greater 
number  of  workers.  The  reaction  of  this  upon 
the  position  of  the  workers  would  be  to  bring 
into  their  lives  a  greater  element  of  choice, 
which  would  enable  them  to  regulate  machinery 
and  to  transfer  their  labour  where  desirable  rfrom 
useless  to  useful  occupations. 

Fortunately  for  us,  the  pioneer  work  of  such 
a  revival  has  already  been  done.  Its  foundations 
have  been  well  and  securely  laid  by  the  Arts 
and  Crafts  Movement,  which  came  into  existence 
thirty  years  ago  as  a  result  of  the  influence  of 
William  Morris.  There  is  no  way  of  finding 
out  the  truth  like  that  of  doing  things,  and  the 
Arts  and  Crafts  Movement,  by  attempting  to  raise 
the  standard  of  quality  in  production,  has  brought 
into  the  light  of  day  economic  knowledge  for 
which  we  have  much  reason  to  be  grateful. 
The  experience  of  the  movement  has  made  an 
economic  analysis  of  production  for  quality 
possible.  Its  successes  and  failures  each  have 
their  lessons  to  teach,  but  from  the  economic 
point  of  view  we  learn  more  from  the  failures. 

What  is  the  nature  of  this  failure  of  the  Arts 
and  Crafts  Movement?  It  is  that  it  has  not 


THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT       105 

attained  its  real  object  of  stemming  the  tide  of 
that  industrialism  which  produces  shoddy  wares, 
the  cheapness  of  which  is  paid  for  by  the  lives 
of  their  producers  and  the  degradation  of  their 
users.  Nor  has  it  succeeded  in  bringing  beauty 
back  into  the  lives  and  homes  of  the  workers, 
or  in  freeing  art  from  its  dependence  on  luxury. 
That  the  movement  has  failed  in  this  high  en- 
deavour, and  exists  to-day  to  produce  articles 
of  luxury  for  the  rich,  is  not  its  fault.  It  is  its 
misfortune.  Craftsmanship  is  impossible  without 
intelligent  patronage,  and  it  has  been  the  mis- 
guided patronage  of  the  public,  who  failed  to 
appreciate  the  significance  of  the  movement,  and 
therefore  to  support  it  in  the  way  it  desired  to  be 
supported,  that  has 'diverted  its  energies  into  the 
wrong  channels.  There  was  certainly  some  excuse 
for  the  public,  for  the  movement  was  largely 
experimental,  and  it  was  unfortunately  not 
accompanied  by  a  propagandist  movement  which 
would  have  explained  its  aims.  The  consequence 
is  that  the  public  have  failed  to  understand  that 
the  kind  of  work  produced  has  been  too  often 
a  matter  of  necessity  rather  than  of  deliberate 
choice. 

The  layman  to-day,  having  observed  that  the 
craftsmen  connected  with  the  movement  are 
mostly  concerned  with  the  production  of  works 
of  a  decorative  and  ornate  character,  and  realizing 
their  superiority  over  machine-made  articles,  has 
conceded  the  case  for  craftsmanship  in  this 
sphere  of  work.  It  is  rare  nowadays  to  meet 


106      THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT 

a  man  of  education  who  would  deny  it.  We  may 
conclude,  therefore,  that  within  the  sphere  of 
aesthetics  the  battle  has  been  won.  But  this  is 
as  far  as  we  have  gone.  The  implications  of 
this  admission  are  not  understood  by  sociologists 
generally,  who  imagine  that  it  is  possible  for 
the  more  highly  skilled  crafts  to  be  organized 
on  a  basis  of  hand  production,  while  the  more 
roufine  kinds  are  given  over  to  the  machine. 
This  is  the  issue  which  has  hitherto  divided 
Socialists  and  craftsmen.  It  is  fundamental,  for 
experience  has  proved  to  the  craftsmen  that  to 
compromise  is  to  be  lost. 

It  is  not,  then,  out  of  mere  pig-headedness 
that  the  craftsman  demands  that  the  use  of 
machinery  shall  be  limited  to  the  extent  which 
I  suggested  in  an  earlier  chapter.  In  practice, 
craftsmen  are  too  often  compelled  to  compromise 
to-day.  But  those  who  are  clear-headed  know 
that  they  are  making  terms  with  the  devil  for 
permission  to  live  ;  for  it  is  finally  impossible 
to  have  a  body  of  cream  without  a  body  of  milk 
underneath  it.  If  the  milk  is  there,  then  the 
cream  will  rise  to  the  top  ;  but  if  instead  of 
milk  we  only  get  chalk  and  water,  then  no  cream 
will  be  forthcoming.  The  highly  skilled  crafts- 
man knows  only  too  well  that  in  modern  industry 
he  lives  by  suffrance.  He  knows  that  he  is  part 
of  an  old  order  which  is  fast  disappearing  ;  that 
the  ground  is  rapidly  slipping  away  from  under 
his  feet,  and  that  unless  the  tide  of  machine 
production  can  be  stemmed  the  present  genera- 


THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT       107 

tion  of  craftsmen  will  have  no  successors.  It 
will  be  impossible  to  train  a  small  group  of 
highly  skilled  men  to  succeed  them,  because  it 
will  be  impossible  to  select  them  for  the  purpose 
of  training.  The  young  apprentice  is  an  un- 
known quantity  ;  and  it  is  only  by  providing 
opportunities  for  training  and  work  for  the  many 
that  the  great  craftsmen  become  possible.  The 
well-known  craftsmen  connected  with  the  Arts 
and  Crafts  Movement  are  the  few  among  a  great 
mass  of  inferior  craftsmen  who  have  survived 
because  of  their  superior  gifts  and  opportunities. 
Doubtless  there  are  many  among  our  machine 
workers  who  might  have  attained  to  the  same 
prominence  and  distinction  had  they  enjoyed 
similar  advantages  and  opportunities,  for  it  is 
opportunity  that  makes  the  man.  The  powers 
within  us  lie  dormant  until  the  chance  comes 
along  which  quickens  them  into  life.  Hence  it 
is,  when  I  hear  a  man  talk  about  the  need  of 
equality  of  opportunity,  I  invariably  ask  his 
opinion  of  machine  production.  His  answer  to 
that  question  tells  me  finally  exactly  where  he 
stands,  for  machinery  has  been  the  great  destroyer 
of  this  equality.  It  has  created  the  most  effective 
class  barrier  ever  devised.  A  quotation  from 
Dr.  Coomaraswamy's  Mediceval  Sinnalese  Art 
will  drive  my  point  home.  Speaking  of  the 
relationship  existing  between  machinery  and 
industry,  he  says  :-= 

Not  merely  is  the  workman  through  the  division  of  labour 
no  longer  able  to  make  any  whole  thing,  but  it  is  impossible 


108      THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT 

for  him  to  improve  his  position  or  to  win  reward  for  excellence 
in  the  craft  itself.  Under  Guild  conditions  it  was  possible 
and  usual  for  the  apprentice  to  rise  through  all  grades  of 
knowledge  and  experience  to  the  position  of  a  master  crafts- 
man. But  take  any  such  trade  as  carpet-making  by  power- 
loom  under  modern  conditions.  The  operator  has  no  longer 
to  design  or  weave  in  and  out  the  threads  with  his  own 
fingers  or  to  throw  the  shuttle  with  his  own  hand.  He  is 
employed,  in  reality,  not  as  a  weaver,  but  as  the  tender  of  a 
machine.  .  .  .  That  craft  is  for  him  destroyed  as  a  means  of 
culture,  and  the  community  has  lost  one  more  man's  intelli- 
gence, for  it  is  obviously  futile  to  attempt  to  build  up  by 
evening  classes  and  free  libraries  what  the  day's  work  is  for 
ever  breaking  down.  It  is  no  longer  possible  for  culture  and 
refinement  to  come  to  the  craftsman  through  his  work  ;  they 
must  be  won,  if  won  at  all,  in  spite  of  his  work  ;  he  must 
seek  them  in  a  brief  hour  snatched  from  rest  and  sleep,  at 
the  expense  of  life  itself.  .  .  .  There  can  be  no  quality  of 
leisure  in  his  work.  In  short,  machine  production  absolutely 
forbids  a  union  of  art  with  labour. 

The  reason  we  do  not  readily  recognize  this 
is  because  we  have  come  to  connect  the  idea 
of  culture  with  book-learning.  But  craft  culture 
is  a  far  better  base  to  build  upon.  The  real 
education  comes  by  doing  things.  To  do  a  piece 
of  honest  work  and  to  try  to  place  it  on  the 
market  will  teach  a  man  ultimately  more  about 
sociology  than  reading  a  thousand  books  on  the 
subject,  because  it  gives  him  a  firm  grip  of  the 
basic  facts.  The  man  who  never  has  had  this 
practical  experience  cannot  be  quite  sure  of  his 
fundamentals,  and  so  tends  to  find  himself  at 
the  mercy  of  intellectual  fashions.  The  instability 
of  the  modern  mind  is  due  ultimately  to  the 


THE  PLACE  OF  HANDICRAFT       109 

separation  of  the  mass  of  the  people  from  actual 
work.  Machinery,  in  separating  them  from  it, 
has  destroyed  the  base  of  their  culture,  and  in- 
tellectual stability  will  never  return  until  this 
base  is  restored.  It  is  interesting  in  this  con- 
nection to  know  that  in  China,  where  the  people 
reverence  above  all  things  literature  and  learning, 
the  idea  of  literature  pursued  as  a  separate  pro* 
fession  is  not  favoured.  Every  literary  man  is 
supposed  to  be  more  or  less  of  a  craftsman — 
a  painter  or  a  musician.  And  I  think  the 
Chinese  are  right,  for  literature  divorced  from 
its  base  in  actual  work  is  apt  to  lead  to  super- 
ficiality. 


XIII 
THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION 

IF  there  is  one  thing  more  than  another  which 
the  experience  of  the  Arts  and  Crafts  Move- 
ment has  proved  conclusively,  it  is  the  impossi- 
bility of  any 'group  of  craftsmen,  however  gifted 
—and  in  this  connection  it  is  well  to  remember 
that  the  movement  'secured  the  active  support 
of  the  cleverest  architects  and  artists  of  its  day— 
to  effect  any  widespread  reform,  apart  from'  the 
organized  support  of  the  public.  Without  a 
propaganda  movement  to  teach  the  public,  the 
craftsman  found  himself  very  much  at  the  mercy 
of  the  existing  demand.  A  German  poet  has  said 
that  "  against  stupidity  even  the  gods  fight  in 
vain,"  and  on  the  aesthetic  side  of  things  the 
British  public  is  peculiarly  stupid.  It  utterly 
fails,  for  the  most  part,  to  understand  the  meaning 
and  purpose  of  art.  It  fails  to  realize  that 
beauty  and  sweetness  are  essential  elements  of 
any  human  perfection,  and  that  art,  when  it  is 
vital,  enters  into  every  operation  of  industry,  from 
the  making  of  bricks  to  the  highest  flights  of 
the  imagination.  It  conceives  of  art  as  a  veneer 

or  decoration  superimposed   upon,   or  added   to 

no 


THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION      111 

something  which  would  otherwise  be  ugly.  The 
idea  that  art  is  organic  and  inherent  in  the 
nature  of  a  thing  from  the  moment  of  its  in- 
ception has  never  so  much  as  entered  the  public 
mind.  And  yet  it  is  precisely  the  perception 
of  this  truth  which  is  the  essence  of  the  artist. 
He  recognizes  that  there  is  'a  right  way  of  doing 
everything,  and  that  right  way  is  art. 

The  ordinary  British  philistine  will  not  admit 
this.  Being  without  the  finer  aesthetic  per- 
ceptions, which  alone  can  enable  a  man  to 
determine  which  is  the  right  way  of  doing  things, 
and  lacking  that  spirit  of  humility  which  in 
the  ages  of  'great  traditions  made  him  conscious 
of  his  ignorance,  he  seeks  to  evade  the  problem 
by  affirming  that  everything  is  a  matter  of  taste. 
In  one  sense  this  is  true,  but  not  in  the  sense 
in  which  he  means  it.  Every  great  artist  has 
a  personal  bias.  It  is  this  bias  that  constitutes 
his  individuality,  and  we  are  justified  in  respecting 
such  differences  as  arise  from  the  individuality 
of  great  artists.  These,  however,  are  funda- 
mentally different  from  the  differences  which  arise 
from  the  idle  fancies  of  undisciplined  tastes,  for 
the  great  artist  submits  his  taste  to  a  stern 
discipline.  His  spontaneity  is  the  flower  of  that 
discipline,  and  it  is  just  in  proportion  as  a  man 
can  submit  himself  to  this  discipline  that  he 
takes  his  rank  as  an  artist.  I  cannot  insist  too 
strongly  upon  the  need  of  recognizing  this  truth. 
It  is  fundamental,  and  it  will  remain  impossible 
to  restore  a  tradition  of 'art  and  handicraft  until 


112     THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION 

it  is  realized.  The  absence  of  any  such  tradition 
or  common  language  of  design  is  at  the  root 
of  our  difficulties  to-day,  for  when  every  one 
is,  as  it  were,  speaking  a  different  language, 
artists  have  little  chance  of  being  understood. 
Now,  a  tradition  bears  the  same  relation  to  art 
as  the  command  of  language  does  to  speech. 
Without  a  language  it  would  be  possible  for  a 
man  to  make  noises,  but  words  are  necessary  to 
enable  him  to  express  himself,  and  he  must 
possess  a  good  vocabulary  if  he  wishes  to  convey 
his  ideas  and  to  make  his  meaning  clear  to 
others.  So  in  respect  to  a  tradition  of  art  ;  with- 
out it,  it  is  simply  impossible  for  any  man  to 
design  or  express  himself  intelligently.  The  only 
way  to  recover  such  a  medium  of  expression  for 
the  use  of  all  is  by  the  exercise  of  a  rigid 
discipline  in  matters  of  taste. 

When  we  realize  how  utterly  false  is  the 
popular  idea  of  art  to-day,  it  is  not  surprising 
that  it  is  neglected.  Truth  to  tell,  in  so  far 
as  the  art  of  to-day  does  approximate  to  the 
popular  notion  there  is  no  purpose  in  supporting 
it.  The  sooner  it  dies  a  natural  death  the  better. 
But  real  art  is  a  different  matter.  No  nation 
neglects  its  claims  without  being  made  to  suffer 
for  it,  and  this  not  only  in  the  hideousness  and 
rawness  of  its  external  life,  but  in  a  decline  of 
general  intelligence  and  in  the  growth  of  economic 
difficulties.  For  all  these  things  are  related  to 
each  other  in  subtle  ways,  and  the  great  thinkers 
of  every  "age  have  recognized  it.  Could  we  see 


• 


THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION      113 

that  terrible  monster,  modern  European  material-, 
istic  civilization  in  its  true  light,  we  should  realize 
that  it  owes  its  existence  in  no  small  degree 
to  our  neglect  of  the  arts  and  their  sweetening 
and  refining  influence.  The  best  proof  I  can 
bring  of  this  is  that  art  and  our  civilization  are 
antipathetic,  not  merely  in  the  material,  but  in 
the  spiritual  sense.  It  is  impossible  to  produce 
beautiful  things  for  people  who  think  like  the 
moderns  do  when  they  are  determined  to  have 
their  own  way.  In  this  respect  Socialists  as 
a  body  are  no  better  than  other  people.  Indeed, 
I  often  incline  to  think  they  are  worse  ;  for 
their  fatal  habit  of  relating  every  evil  in  society 
to  the  growth  of  the  economic  problem  is  apt 
to  blind  them,  to  aspects  of  truth,  the  recognition 
of  which  is  not  only  indispensable  to  the  solution 
of  the  problems  of  art,  but  of  the  economic 
problem  itself. 

I  said  that  the  popular  idea  of  art  was  that 
it  is  a  veneer  or  decoration  added  to  something 
which  would  otherwise  be  ugly.  This  fallacy 
ultimately  accounts  for  the  neglect  of  the  Arts 
and  Crafts,  because  it  leads  the  public  to  suppose 
that  beauty  is  necessarily  expensive.  That,  of 
course,  is  true,  in  so  far  as  it  depends  upon 
honest  workmanship  and  the  use  of  good  material, 
but  that  is  all  the  truth  there  is  in  it.  A  table 
may  be  in  good  or  bad  proportion,  it  may  be 
of  a  pleasing  or  offensive  colour,  but  neither  pro- 
portion nor  colour  has  anything  particularly  to 
do  with  the  cost.  In  each  case  what  makes  the 

8 


114     THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION 

difference  is  whether  tke  designer  has  an  eye  for 
these  things.  Many  artistic  products  are  cheap, 
as  the  peasant  arts  of  all  countries  which  have 
not  been  exploited  by  commercialism  bear  wit- 
ness. But  the  public  neglect  them.  With  their 
fixed  idea  that  art  is  something  added,  a'nd  there- 
fore costly,  they  refuse  to  buy  such  thing's.  They 
prefer  shoddy  made  imitations  of  more  expensive 
forms  of  design.  The  consequence  is  that 
beautiful  things  which  are  inexpensive  tend  to 
go  off  the  market.  This  stupid  attitude  of  mind 
makes  it  difficult  for  the  artist  to  be  perfectly 
straightforward  in  his  dealings  with  the  public. 
He  never  knows  what  to  charge.  In  many  cases, 
if  he  charges  a  fair  price  and  the  price  is  low, 
they  refuse  to  buy,  on  the  assumption  that  it  is 
not  good  work.  If,  knowing  this,  he  prices  his 
work  high,  as  likely  as  not  they  will  say  that 
they  cannot  afford  it.  In  a  word,  the  artist 
in  his  dealings  with  the  public  to-day  not  in- 
frequently finds  himself  between  the  devil  and 
the  deep  blue  sea.  The  public  become  the  prey 
of  sharks  of  all  kinds,  because  it  is  almost 
impossible  for  honest  men  to  handle  them.  They 
have  only  themselves  to  blame.  It  is  this  kind 
of  nonsense  that  defeated  the  Arts  an.d  Crafts 
movement  in  its  original  intention,  and  it  is 
this  kind  of  nonsense  that  the  capitalist  knows 
how  to  exploit.  It  is  the  secret  of  half  of  his 
power. 

There  is  another  reason  for  the  neglect  of  the 
Arts  and  Crafts.      It  is  a  spiritual  failure.      It 


THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION      115 

is  one  of  the  paradoxes  of  our  age  that  the  public 
do  not  appear  to  mind  how  much  they  spend 
upon  things  of  a  temporary  nature,  but  they 
grudge  every  penny  spent  upon  things  of  per- 
manent value.  The  proprietor  of  a  West-End 
gallery  where  works  of  handicraft  are  sold,  told 
me  recently  that  ladies  who  would  not  mind  giving 
fifteen  or  twenty  guineas  for  a  hat  which  only 
lasts  a  few  months  and  which  probably  only  costs 
as  many  shillings  to  make,  yet  will  consider 
an  article  of  craftsmanship  at  a  similar  price, 
which  represents  real  value  in  labour  quite  apart 
from  its  aesthetic  qualities,  as  outside  their  reach. 
It  is  perfectly  extraordinary,  when  you  get  behind 
the  scenes,  to  witness  the  vagaries  of  the  public 
or  to  account  for  their  motives  in  expenditure. 
No  matter  how  huge  a  person's  income  may 
be  nowadays,  he  rarely  thinks  he  can  afford 
to  buy  anything  of  permanent  'value.  The  vast 
mass  of  people  fritter  away  their  incomes  in 
all  kinds  of  senseless  extravagance.  They  know 
no  limit  to  personal  expenditure,  and  are  mean 
and  contemptible  in  every  other  direction.  And 
this  spirit  is  not  only  confined  to  the  rich.  It 
is  spreading  to  every  class  of  society,  down  to 
the  lowest.  Have  we  not  heard  what  the  factory 
girl  spends  on  dress? 

Ruskin  spent  most  of  his  life  in  trying  to 
convince  people  that  political  economy  is  a  moral 
science.  He  went  to  the  root  of  the  problem 
when  he  said  :  "  The  vital  question  for  individual 
and  for  nation  is  not,  How  much  do  they  make? 


116     THE  ETHICS  OF  CONSUMPTION 

but,  To  what  purpose  do  they  spend?  "  It  is  a 
fruitful  idea,  and  it  receives  ample  corroborative 
testimony  from  the  writings  of  the  Chinese  philo- 
sopher, Ku  Hung  Ming.  He  says  : — 

The  financial  distress  of  China  and  the  economic  sickness 
of  the  world  to-day  are  not  due  to  insufficiency  of  productive 
power,  to  want  of  manufactures  and  railways,  but  to  ignoble 
and  wasteful  consumption.  Ignoble  and  wasteful  consump- 
tion in  communities,  as  in  nations,  means  the  want  of  nobility 
of  character  in  the  community  or  nation  to  direct  the  power 
of  industry  of  the  people  to  noble  purposes.  When  there  is 
nobility  of  character  in  a  community  or  nation,  people  will 
know  how  to  spend  their  money  for  noble  purposes.  When 
people  know  how  to  spend  their  money  for  noble  purposes, 
they  will  not  care  for  the  what,  but  for  the  how — not  for  the 
bigness,  grandeur,  or  showiness,  but  for  the  taste,  for  the 
beauty  of  their  life  surroundings.  When  people  in  a  nation 
or  community  have  sufficient  nobility  of  character  to  care 
only  for  the  tastefulness  and  beauty  of  their  life  surroundings, 
they  will  want  little  to  satisfy  them,  and  in  that  way  they  will 
not  waste  the  power  of  industry  of  the  people,  such  as  in 
building  big,  ugly  houses  and  making  long,  useless  roads. 
When  the  power  of  industry  of  the  people  in  a  community  or 
nation  is  nobly  directed  and  not  wasted,  then  the  community 
or  nation  is  truly  rich,  not  in  money  or  possession  of  big,  ugly 
houses,  but  rich  in  the  health  of  the  body  and  the  beauty  of 
the  soul  of  its  people.  .  .  .  Ignoble  and  wasteful  consumption 
not  only  wastes  the  power  of  industry  of  the  people,  but  it 
makes  a  just  distribution  of  the  fruit  of  that  industry  difficult. 


XIV 

THE  TYRANNY  OF  THE 
MIDDLEMAN 

THE  idiosyncrasies  of  the  purchasing  public,  by 
making  it  difficult  for  honest  men  to  deal  with 
them,  result  in  placing  power  in  the  hands  of 
sharks  of  various  kinds.  It  goes  without  saying 
that  such  men  do  not  lose  the  opportunity  thus 
presented  to  them  of  strengthening  their  hold  on 
the  public.  By  means  of  a  device  in  all  respects 
analogous  to  the  confidence  trick  of  ill  repute, 
the  middleman  has  rendered  his  position,  for  the 
time  being,  impregnable. 

Now  the  confidence  trick,  as  is  well  known, 
is  a  dodge  for  imposing  on  simple-minded  people 
by  securing  their  confidence  in  the  first  instance, 
and  then  using  it  later  for  the  purpose  of  swindling 
them.  There  are,  of  course,  commercial  possi- 
bilities in  the  idea,  and  our  large  distributing 
houses  have  not  been  backward  in  discovering 
them.  It  has  become  the  chief  corner-stone  of 
their  monopolies.  The  modus  operandi  is  as 
follows  :  The  custom  and  confidence  of  the  public 
are  secured  in  the  first  place  by  tempting  their 
cupidity,  and  then  advantage  is  taken  of  the  repu- 

U7 


118     TYRANNY  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN 

tation  for  cheapness  thus  created  to  sell  them 
something  at  an  exorbitant  price.  In  the  furni- 
ture trade,  for  instance,  certain  things  in  general 
demand,  such  as  chests  of  drawers,  bureaus,  chairs, 
small  tables,  etc.,  are  not  only  invariably  sweated 
and  jerried,  but  as  often  as  not  are  sold  without 
profit,  while  larger  pieces,  such  as  dining-tables, 
sideboards,  bookcases,  etc.,  carry  good  profits. 
Again,  the  simpler  kinds  of  furniture  are  sold  at 
cost  price,  and  the  more  elaborate  pieces  at  an 
exorbitant  one.  Facts  of  this  kind  are  well  known 
to  everybody,  but  the  social  and  economic  impli- 
cations of  the  practice  are  little  understood. 

'Now,  although  this  system  of  manipulated  prices 
is  to  the  advantage  of  large  firms,  it  is  not  in 
the  interests  of  the  public,  who  are  made  to  pay, 
on  the  whole,  more  for  what  they  have  to  buy 
than  would  be  the  case  with  straightforward  deal- 
ing. But  what  is  worse  than  this  is  that  it  is 
utterly  fatal  to  the  small  man,  and  defeats  the 
ends  of  those  who  are  working  for  industrial 
reform.  The  reason  is  simple.  In  a  state  of 
things  in  which  the  selling  price  of  any  particular 
article  bears  little  or  no  relation  to  the  actual 
cost  of  production,  it  is  apparent  that  it  is  only 
possible  to  make  a  business  pay  by  dealing  in 
a  large  variety  of  goods.  The  small  man  cannot 
do  this,  and  the  craftsman  finds  not  only  that  it 
limits  the  range  of  his  activities,  but  that  it 
destroys  public  confidence  in  him. 

The  craftsman,  like  all  persons  of  taste,  hates 
the  meretricious  ornament  with  which  commercial 


TYRANNY  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN    119 

firms  spoil  their  products,  and  he  desires  to  pro- 
mote a  taste  for  simple,  straightforward  design 
of  good  proportion.  But  he  finds  that  if  he 
knocks  off  five  shillingsworth  of  cheap  ornament 
he  knocks  five  pounds  off  the  selling  price  of  the 
piece,  for  the  public  compares  his  price  with  the 
goods  that  are  sold  without  profit  for  the  purpose 
of  creating  a  market  for  the  sham  ornamental 
ones,  and  this  destroys  public  confidence  in  him. 
Even  when  a  person  can  afford  to  pay,  he  imagines 
the  craftsman  is  asking  a  fancy  price.  Machinery, 
it  is  true,  is  the  enemy  of  craftsmanship,  but  a 
far  greater  enemy  in  the  immediate  sense  is  this 
system  of  manipulated  prices,  which  checkmates 
the  craftsman  absolutely  while  it  secures  the 
market  for  commercial  firms.  The  paradox  about 
this  commercial  confidence  trick  is  that  it  operates 
to  destroy  public  confidence  in  honest  men. 

Exactly  to  what  extent  this  system  obtains  it 
•would  only  be  possible  to  say  after  long  and 
careful  investigation.  It  certainly  does  so  in  all 
trades  in  which  the  element  of  taste  enters,  and 
which  are  subject  to  the  control  of  the  middleman. 
This  is  natural,  for  such  trades  lend  themselves 
so  perfectly  to  bluff  and  humbug  when  handled 
for  commercial  purposes.  Generally  speaking,  the 
middleman  in  these  trades  is  an  interloper.  In  a 
healthy  society  he  would  not  exist,  but  the  crafts- 
man would  work  direct  for  the  public,  for  in  the 
long  run  it  is  only  possible  for  him  to  produce 
beautiful  things  if  he  works  in  this  way.  In 
catering  for  a  definite  and  known  public  the  crafts- 


120     TYRANNY  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN 

man  finds  himself.  But  when  he  is  separated  from 
it,  as  is  too  often  the  case  to-day,  he  suffers  from 
an  inability  to  focus  his  ideas,  and  his  work 
rapidly  degenerates. 

A  consideration  of  such  issues  testifies  to  the 
distance  we  have  wandered  from  the  path  of 
righteousness  in  our  economic  (arrangements.  The 
true  function  of  the  middleman  is  to  bring  together 
the  producer  and  consumer  for  their  mutual 
benefit,  and  in  certain  departments  of  trade  he  is 
indispensable.  But  in  trades  like  the  furniture 
trade  he  is  an  intruder,  and  has  usurped  functions 
which  do  not  properly  belong  to  him.  The  best 
proof  of  this  is  that  in  such  a  trade  his  whole 
aim  and  purpose  is  not  to  bring  the  producer  and 
consumer  together  for  their  mutual  benefit,  but 
to  keep  them  apart  for  his  own. 

The  growth  of  the  power  of  the  middleman 
is  one  of  the  most  alarming  symptoms  of  the 
age,  for  it  means  finally  the  passing  of  the  control 
of  industry  out  of  the  hands  of  the  actual  makers 
and  producers  of  things  into  the  hands  of 
financiers  pure  and  simple,  who  have  no  interest 
in  things  apart  from  considerations  of  profit  and 
loss.  This  is  an  unmixed  evil,  not  merely  because 
such  men  will  lack  that  sense  of  honour  in  respect 
to  the  tradition  of  a  trade  which  is  the  birthright 
of  every  craftsman,  but  because  this  change  lies 
at  the  root  of  the  intellectual  rot  which  has  over- 
taken the  modern  world. 

Of  course,  it  is  easy  to  understand  why  the 
middleman  has  become  so  powerful  in  modern 


TYRANNY  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN    121 

society.  It  is  one  of  the  results  'of  quantitative 
production.  In  the  old  days  of  qualitative  pro- 
duction local  markets  obtained,  and  the  producer 
and  consumer  were  in  direct  relations  with  each 
other.  The  middleman  confined  his  attention  to 
such  things  as  could  not  be  produced  locally. 
But  with  the  introduction  of  the  system  of  the 
division  of  labour  and  the  invention  of  machinery 
goods  of  every  kind  became  too  numerous  to 
be  disposed  of  locally.  It  became  necessary  to 
go  further  and  further  afield  in  search  of  markets, 
so  little  by  little  the  middleman  grew  in  im- 
portance. Still,  for  a  long  time  he  remained  the 
middleman.  He  did  not  aspire  to  the  control  of 
production,  which  was  still  regarded  as  the  func- 
tion of  the  man  with  technical  training.  The 
change  which  is  increasingly  transferring  the  con- 
trol of  industry  into  the  hands  of  men  without  any 
such  training  is  due  to  the  pressure  of  competition. 
So  long  as  demand  exceeded  supply,  the  technical 
man  came  to  his  position  as  the  controller  of 
industry  as  a  matter  of  course.  But  with  the 
growth  of  large  organizations  and  the  increase 
of  the  pressure  of  competition,  a  time  came  when 
the  technical  man  could  no  longer  set  up  in  busi- 
ness on  his  own  account,  for  it  was  necessary 
to  make  sure  of  the  market  before  starting  ;  and 
the  only  man  who  could  do  this  was  the  commercial 
traveller  or  the  man  possessed  of  capital,  who 
was  in  a  position  to  spend  huge  sums  on  adver- 
tising. Hence  it  has  come  about  that  the  middle- 
man^ in  his  capacity  as  financier,  has  succeeded  to 


122    TYRANNY  OF   THE  MIDDLEMAN 

the  technical  man  in  the  control  of  industry.  The 
consequence  is,  not  only  that  technical  competence 
has  ceased  to  command  its  proper  remuneration, 
but  that  it  has  ceased  to  be  respected.  And 
ceasing  to  be  respected,  it  is  suffering  a  decline. 
"  ,Why  should  I  fag  to  make  myself  competent, 
when  nowadays  incompetent  men  succeed  best?  " 
was  the  reply  I  got  recently  from  an  apprentice 
whom  I  had  criticized  for  his  indolence.  And 
I  found  it  difficult  to  answer,  for  what  he  said 
was  only  too  true. 

I  said  the  growth  of  the  power  of  the  middleman 
is  one  of  the  most  alarming  symptoms  of  the  age. 
How  'to  destroy  this  power  is  the  problem  of 
industrial  reformers.  Economists  who  neglect  it 
and  discourse  about  the  relations  of  the  producer 
and  the  consumer  are  really  living  in  the  eighteenth 
century,  since  neither  of  them  has  any  real  power 
to-day.  They  have  both  been  enslaved  by  the 
middleman  in  his  capacity  as  financier. 


XV 
THE  STRIKE  FOR  QUALITY 

PASSING  on  to  consider  ways  and  means  of 
emancipating  the  producer  and  consumer  from 
their  enslavement  by  the  middleman,  two  possible 
and  complementary  lines  of  action  present  them- 
selves. One  is  to  attack  the  problem  from  the 
position  of  the  producer,  the  other  is  to  attack 
it  from  that  of  the  consumer.  Let  us  consider  it 
in  the  first  place  from  the  position  of  the  former. 
Now,  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  producer 
in  his  capacity  of  wage-slave,  the  term  middle- 
man may  be  taken  to  connote  anybody  who  lives 
by  the  exploitation  of  labour,  whether  he  be 
merchant,  shopkeeper,  or  actual  employer.  The 
employer  to-day  is  a  middleman  in  the  sense 
that  he  treats  labour  as  a  commodity  to  be  bought 
in  the  cheapest  market.  He  has  succeeded  in 
depressing  wages  by  taking  advantage  of  the 
economic  weakness  of  the  wage-earner,  and  the 
workers  have  failed  for  the  most  part  to  resist  his 
encroachments.  The  reason  for  this  is,  I  think, 
that  the  workers  have  hitherto  failed  to  perceive 
exactly  where  the  weakness  of  the  employers 

really  is  to  be  found. 

123 


124        THE  STRIKE  FOR  QUALITY 

Instead  of  choosing  their  own  ground  and 
fighting  for  the  maintenance  of  a  standard  in 
production,  where  they  would  be  tactically  strong, 
they  have  allowed  the  employers  to  fight  them  on 
economic  grounds,  where  they  are  the  weaker. 
To  strike  for  quality  would  indeed  hit  the  em- 
ployers in  a  very  tender  place.  They  would 
find  an  attack  of  such  a  kind  difficult  to  meet. 
No  firm  could  afford  to  have  all  the  little  tricks 
and  dodges  by  which  it  seeks  to  cheapen  pro- 
duction brought  to  the  public  notice.  The 
workers  ought  to  play  this  card  for  all  it  is 
worth,  and  they  would  find  themselves  in  a  posi- 
tion not  only  to  get  recognition,  but  higher  wages. 
Moreover,  it  would  secure  public  sympathy  and 
support  for  the  Unions.  They  would  gain  in 
prestige. 

So  long  as  the  Unions  fight  only  for  higher 
wages  and  shorter  hours,  the  public  not  un- 
naturally suppose  that  they  have  no  other  interest 
in  life  except  to  get  as  much  for  doing  as  little 
as  possible.  But  a  strike  for  quality  would 
raise  the  plane  of  the  struggle.  The  capitalists 
for  once  would  be  seen  in  their  true  colours  as 
rogues  and  tricksters.  They  would  no  longer 
be  able  to  hide  their  baseness  by  making  a  scape- 
goat of  the  British  working  man.  The  truth 
would  be  out,  and  capitalism  would  lose  its  last 
moral  support. 

I  feel  well  advised  in  recommending  this  line 
of  action,  not  only  because  of  the  immediate 
benefits  which  would  accrue  from,  it,  but  because 


THE  STRIKE  FOR  QUALITY         125 

it  is  an  indispensable  step>  which  must  be  taken 
before  the  Guilds  can  be  restored.  Let  us  always 
remember  that  a  Guild  is  a  privileged  body, 
and  privileges  are  impossible  without  respon- 
sibilities. It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  the 
public  could  be  persuaded  to  grant  privileges 
to  men  unless  they  could  be  assured  that  they 
would  not  be  abused.  Sooner  or  later  this  issue 
is  bound  to  be  raised.  And  we  shall  be  in 
a  much  better  position  to  face  it  if  we  can 
bring  evidence  to  show  that  the  workers  are 
actively  interested  in  the  maintenance  of  a 
standard  of  quality  in  production.  Trade 
Unionists  should  take  to  heart  the  lesson  which 
the  regulation  of  the  Mediaeval  Guild  system 
teaches  us — that  the  best  way  to  protect  the 
standard  of  life  of  the  craftsman  is  ultimately 
to  protect  the  standard  of  quality  in  crafts- 
manship . 

In  the  affirmation  of  this  truth  is  to  be  found 
the  most  fundamental  divergence  from  Collec- 
tivist  opinion.  Collectivists  always  talk  as  if 
the  social  problem  was  entirely  a  matter  of 
detailed  arrangement.  They  seem  to  be  quite 
unconscious  of  the  fact  that  in  society  there  is 
a  constant  struggle  between  right  and  wrong, 
and  that  that  struggle  can  never  be  eliminated. 
It  is  inherent,  and  in  the  very  constitution  of 
things.  What,  however,  we  may  do  is  to  raise 
the  plane  of  the  struggle.  When  we  talk  about 
the  need  of  a  redistribution  of  the  wealth 
of  the  community,  we  are  apt  to  forget  that  the 


126        THE  STRIKE  FOR  QUALITY 

existing  struggle  for  wealth  is  the  result  of 
emptying  life  of  its  content,  and  that  it  can 
only  be  by  bringing  back!  into  life  the  things 
which  filled  it  in  the  past  that  the  economic 
motive  may  be  brought  again  into  subjection. 
The  only  way  of  finally  combating  the  evils 
consequent  upon  the  pursuit  of  a  low  motive 
is  by  exalting  the  claims  of  a  higher  one.  So 
long  as  this  emptiness  is  allowed  to  continue, 
avarice  will  remain  to  fill  the  vacuum,  and  I 
think  that  so  long  as  the  battle  is  fought 
primarily  according  to  the  dictates  of  avarice 
the  capitalists  will  continue  to  triumph,  for  with 
them  it  is  the  dominating  motive,  whereas  with 
the  workers  it  is  a  regrettable  necessity.  .When 
I  say  this,  I  am  not  unmindful  of  the  fact  that 
the  appeal  to  the  avarice  of  the  many  has  served 
a  certain  immediate  purpose  in  creating  that 
spirit  of  unrest  which  is  necessary  to  the  solu- 
tion of  the  social  problem,  and  that  the  motive 
of  the  Socialist  movement  has  been  idealism 
rather  than  avarice.  Avarice  is  a  powerful 
weapon  for  destructive  purposes,  and  in  so  far 
as  it  is  necessary  to  work  for  the  destruction 
of  the  present  order  of  society  we  have  perhaps 
no  option  but  to  use  it.  But  we  must  not  forget 
that  it  is  useless  for  the  purposes  of  recon- 
struction. The  spirit  of  co-operation  is  anti- 
pathetic to  it.  Self-sacrifice  rather  than  self- 
interest  must  be  its  corner-stone. 

Looked  at  from  this  point  of  view,  the  present 
situation   is    paradoxical,    and    its    contradictions 


THE  STRIKE  FOft  QUALITY         12? 

are,  perhaps,  only  to  be  reconciled  on  the  basis 
of  the  old  idea  of  co-operation  within  the  group 
and  warfare  outside  of  it.  Any  way,  we  can 
be  sure  that  at  the  present  juncture  we  are 
right  in  advoeating  the  strike  for  quality,  for 
in  it  both  motives  will  come  into  play.  The 
higher  the  workers  can  raise  the  standard  of 
production,  the  easier  it  will  be  for  them  to 
get  control  of  industry,  because  the  financier  is 
ultimately  incapable  of  organizing  industry  on 
a  basis  of  quality.  Only  the  craftsman  can  do 
that.  The  preference  of  the  financier  for  quantity 
rather  than  quality  is  easily  understood.  If  he 
produces  for  quality  he  is  dependent  upon 
the  actual  workers  in  a  far  higher  degree  than 
if  he  produces  for  quantity.  In  the  former  case 
he  must  give  great  attention  to  detail,  and  must 
choose  his  men  carefully  with  regard  to  their 
special  aptitudes.  But  in  the  latter  one  man 
is  as  good  as  another.  All  he  wants  is  unskilled 
men  whom  he  can  sweat  and  bully,  and  this 
more  accords  with  his  temperament  and  intelli- 
gence. Hence  it  is  the  more  the  workers  can 
raise  the  standard  of  quality  in  production,  the 
more  they  will  limit  the  range  of  the  capitalists' 
activities,  and  will  finally  succeed  in  exorcising 
him  to  the  nether  regions  from  whence  he  arose 
in  response  to  the  incantations  of  our  orthodox 
economists. 

The  protection  of  a  standard  of  excellence 
in  craftsmanship  was,  as  I  observed  in  an  earlier 
chapter,  the  vitalizing  principle  of  the  Guilds. 


128        THE  STRIKE  FOR  QUALITY 

The  nearer  we  approach  this  ideal,  the  more  we 
shall  see  the  necessity  for  a  revival  of  Guilds  in 
their  old  form.  A  criticism  which  has  often 
been  hurled  at  Trade  Unions  is  that  by  insisting 
upon  equality  of  payment  they  offered  no  induce- 
ment to  the  workman  to  become  expert  in  his 
craft.  It  has  generally  been  made  by  the  oppo- 
nents of  Trade  Unionism,  and  when  used  to 
account  for  the  decline  of  quality  in  production 
it  is,  as  an  explanation,  beneath  contempt. 

But  it  contains  an  element  of  truth  all  the 
same.  The  Mediaeval  Guilds  had  two  rates  of 
pay,  one  for  the  masters  and  another  for  the 
journeymen  of  the  craft.  It  is  a  natural  division, 
and  one  which  I  think  it  will  be  desirable  to 
revive  in  the  future.  Wages  must  not  be  allowed 
to  be  settled  by  competition,  but  it  is  desirable 
that  excellence  be  'rewarded.  Some  day,  perhaps, 
such  a  principle  might  be  reduced  to  practice. 
But  the  Unions  will  need  to  secure  recognition 
first. 

Finally,  I  must  answer  a  possible  objection  to 
this  strike  for  quality.  It  will  be  said  that  the 
poor  cannot  afford  wares  of  a  good  quality.  To 
this  I  can  only  answer  that  it  is  not  finally  true. 
Our  cheap  wares  to-day  are  really  very  costly, 
because  they  do  not  last  long.  Further,  it  is 
necessary  to  add  that  the  best  firms  would 
welcome  strikes  for  quality,  as  such  a  policy 
would  protect  them  against  the  competition  of 
unscrupulous  rivals  who  undercut  their  prices  and 
do  dishonest  work.  This  competition  reacts  also 


THE  STRIKE  FOR  QUALITY         129 

against  the  interests  of  the  working  class,  for 
the  lowering  of  the  standard  of  production  ends 
finally  in  a  lowering  of  the  wages  and  the 
standard  of  life  of  workers,  for  it  places  the 
control  of  industry  in  the  hands  of  a  less 
scrupulous  class  of  employer. 


XVI 

THE  ELIMINATION  OF  THE 
MIDDLEMAN 

THE  basis  of  the  workers'  revolt  against  the 
tyranny  of  the  middleman  and  financier  must 
be  the  strike  for  quality.  But  strikes  at  the 
best  are  negative  measures,  and  if  the  middle- 
man is  to  be  eliminated,  it  can  only  be  by  means 
of  action  of  a  positive  kind. 

The  true  function  of  the  middleman,  as  I 
have  already  pointed  out,  is  to  bring  the  pro- 
ducer and  consumer  together  for  their  mutual 
benefit,  and  in  so  far  as  he  fulfils  that  function 
he  performs  a  necessary  service  to  society.  Un- 
fortunately, to-day  he  is  not  content  to  confine 
his  actions  to  his  legitimate  sphere.  In  invading 
the  crafts  he  has  usurped  functions  which  do 
not  properly  belong  to  him,  for  craftsmanship 
is  only  possible  when  the  public  and  the  crafts- 
man are  known  to  each  other.  Otherwise  the 
craftsman  comes  to  be  dictated  to  by  the  sales- 
man, which  with  men  who  have  an  interest  in 
their  work  is  an  intolerable  tyranny.  In  these 
circumstances  it  will  be  necessary  for  us  to 
differentiate  between  the  two  types  of  industry 

130 


ELIMINATION  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN    131 

which  nowadays  are  controlled  by  the  middle- 
man, namely  those  in  which  he  performs  a 
legitimate  function  and  those  in  which  he  is 
an  intruder.  ( 

In  the  Middle  Ages  the  distribution  of  wares 
was  in  the  hands  of  the  Guild  merchants.  Yet, 
though  I  advocate  the  revival  of  the  Guilds  in 
the  sphere  of  production,  I  do  not  think  it  is 
desirable  to  revive  them  in  the  sphere  of  dis- 
tribution. We  are  safe  in  leaving  the  produc- 
tion of  craftsmanship  in  private  hands  when  con- 
trolled by  Guilds,  for,  as  the  craftsman  comes 
to  have  a  pride  in  the  work  of  his  hands,  he 
naturally  retains  a  high  sense  of  honour  in  his 
trade  relationship.  But  with  occupations  con-^ 
nected  with  buying  and  selling  it  is  different. 
The  temptations  of  gain  are  there  too  strong 
to  be  resisted  by  the  average  human  being,  and 
so  it  is  not  desirable  to  leave  them  in  private 
hands.  In  so  far,  therefore,  as  the  middleman 
is  inevitable,  we  shall,  I  think,  be  well  advised 
to  support  the  Co-operative  Movement  l  in  its 
efforts  to  supplant  him,  but  with  this  proviso, 
that  it  is  desirable  to  place  a  limit  to  the  size 
of  each  separate  society,  as  there  is  no  other 
way  of  safeguarding  the  movement  against  the 
vices  of  bureaucracy. 

1  While  we  support  the  Co-operative  Movement,  let  us 
remember  its  limitations.  "Economic  co-operation  runs  to 
quantity,  because  quantity  is  something  that  can  be  proved  to 
everybody's  satisfaction  ;  meanwhile,  quality,  which  is  in- 
capable of  proof,  is  apt  to  suffer  "  (From  the  Human  End,  by 
L.  P.  Jacks). 


132     ELIMINATION  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN 

So  far,  so  good.  We  may  safely  look  to 
the  Co-operative  Movement  to  eliminate  the 
middleman  where  hitherto  he  has  been  indis- 
pensable. But,  as  I  have  already  pointed  out, 
in  certain  fields  of  industry  the  middleman  is 
an  intruder,  and  we  are  not  justified  in  allowing 
even  the  Co-operative  Societies  to  trespass  on 
the  domains  of  the  craftsman,  for  the  problem 
here  is  not  how  to  capture  the  trade  of  the 
middleman,  but  how  to  dispense  with  his  services 
altogether.  This  problem  is  not  to  be  solved  by 
the  ordinary  operations  of  demand  and  supply. 
Before  it  will  be  possible  to  bring  the  crafts- 
man and  the  public  into  mutual  and  reciprocal 
relationships  with  each  other  it  will  be  necessary 
to  restore  public  confidence  in  the  integrity  of 
the  craftsman  and  to  expose  the  tricks  of  the 
middleman  by  means  of  an  active  propaganda 
movement  on  the  craftsman's  behalf.  In  con- 
nection with  such  a  movement  there  might  be 
established  what  I  might  call  "  introduction 
agencies,"  which  would  aim  at  bringing  the 
public  and  craftsmen  into  direct  contact  with 
each  other.  Such  agencies  would  need  to  be 
subsidized  in  some  way  if  they  were  to  be  effec- 
tive. It  would  be  impossible  for  an  agency 
which  lived  by  commissions  to  expose  the  system 
of  manipulated  prices  by  which  the  middleman 
has  established  his  monopoly,  for  if  it  did  it 
would  not  be  believed.  Moreover,  if  it  lived 
by  commissions  it  would  be  compelled  to  keep 
the  craftsman  and  the  public  apart  as  the  middle- 


man  does.  This  has  always  been  the  difficulty 
connected  with  galleries  which  exhibit  arts  and 
crafts.  The  reason  why  such  galleries  have  in- 
variably departed  from  their  original  purpose 
is  that  their  financial  basis  can  only  be  maintained 
by  keeping  the  craftsmen  in  the  background. 

At  first  an  agency  of  this  kind  would  have 
to  make  use  of  such  craftsmen  as  it  found  at 
its  hand.  But  as  its  position  became  more  secure 
and  it  came  to  promote  the  interests  of  new  men, 
it  would  be  able  to  facilitate  a  transition  towards 
a  revival  of  Guilds.  At  a  later  date,  when 
the  machinations  of  the  middlemen  had  been 
thoroughly  exposed,  such  agencies  could  be 
financed  by  the  Guilds  until  such  time  as  local 
markets  were  restored,  when  they  would  become 
unnecessary. 

To  what  extent  organization  on  this  basis  is 
possible  it  is  difficult  to  say  ;  but  production  in 
small  workshops  is  very  much  more  general  than 
is  usually  supposed.  London  and  Birmingham 
are  full  of  small  workshops.  An  enormous  per- 
centage of  the  goods  which  are  sold  in  the  West 
End  are  still  made  in  small  workshops,  and 
these  workshops  are  likely  to  continue,  for  factory 
conditions  do  not  lend  themselves  to  the  pro- 
duction of  goods  which  require  taste  and  dis- 
crimination on  the  part  of  the  workers.  Some 
of  the  goods  so  produced  carry  enormous  retail 
profits,  and  it  would  be  expedient  to  make  a 
start  with  them,  as  by  taking  away  from  the 
middleman  the  most  profitable  part  of  his  trade 


134     ELIMINATION  OF  THE  MIDDLEMAN 

he  would  be  compelled  in  self-defence  to  raise 
his  prices  for  those  things  which  are  sold  at 
less  than  their  real  value.  This  raising  of  prices 
would  enable  us  to  lift  certain  trades  out  of 
the  sweated  condition  in  which  they  find  them- 
selves to-day. 


XVII 

THE  DECENTRALIZATION  OF 
INDUSTRY 

HITHERTO  in  my  analysis  I  have  treated  the 
social  problem,  as  a  purely  industrial  affair, 
leaving  out  agriculture.  This  order  was  inevit- 
able, because,  as  we  mostly  live  in  towns  nowa- 
days, we  are  accustomed  to  view  things  primarily 
from  the  industrial  standpoint.  There  is  no  harm 
in  this  so  long  as  we  clearly  recognize  that  the 
industrial  problem  is  in  its  ultimate  analysis 
inseparable  from  the  agricultural  one.  I  must 
insist  upon  this,  for  though  Collectivists  view 
an  agricultural  revival  with  a  certain  sympathy, 
they  nevertheless  utterly  fail  to  recognize  its 
fundamental  importance.  They  are  inclined  to 
accept  the  fact  that  we  are  an  industrial  com- 
munity and  to  seek  a  solution  of  industrial 
problems  as  separate  and  detached  issues. 

This,  however,  is  impossible.  The  fact  that 
we  have  to  such  a  large  extent  become  an  indus- 
trial community  is  precisely  what  makes  the  social 
problem  so  difficult  to  handle.  "  A  society/'  says 
Mr.  Lowes  Dickinson,  •"  that  is  to  be  politically 
stable  must  be  economically  independent."  That 

135 


136    DECENTRALIZATION  OF  INDUSTRY 

opinion  receives  ample  torroboration  from  the 
testimony  of  history.  Communities  which  have 
been  more  or  less  self-contained  have  persisted 
for  thousands  of  years,  but  no  community  which 
has  once  become  dependent  upon  an  extensive 
foreign  trade  has  retained  its  prosperity  for  over 
a  limited  period.  The  history  of  Carthage  and 
Athens,  as  of  Venice  and  Genoa,  demonstrate  the 
fleeting  nature  of  such  prosperity.  The  explana- 
tion is  simple.  The  more  a  nation  becomes 
dependent  upon  foreign  trade,  the  more  it  tends 
to  find  itself  at  the  mercy  of  forces  which  it  is 
powerless  to  control. 

It  is  impossible  to  resist  the  conclusion  that 
so  long  as  industry  is  dependent  upon  foreign 
markets  so  long  will  the  workers  continue  to 
be  exploited,  because  an  extensive  foreign  trade 
is  dependent  ultimately  upon  capitalist  adven- 
turers. The  workers  become  parasitic  upon  the 
capitalist,  because  he  alone  can  find  the  market. 
It  is  all  very  well  to  talk  about  abolishing  the 
capitalist,  but  so  long  as  industry  is  dependent 
upon  foreign  markets  he  remains  indispensable, 
because  only  a  man  whose  control  of  labour  is 
absolute  can  act  with  the  promptness  and  decision 
necessary  to  adjust  the  labour  of  the  workers 
to  the  uncertainty  and  fluctuations  of  distant 
markets.  In  other  words,  so  long  as  industry 
is  dependent  upon  foreign  markets  production 
will  be  very  much  of  a  gamble,  and  such  a 
condition,  I  am  persuaded,  is  incompatible  with 
the  democratic  organization  of  industry. 


DECENTRALIZATION  OF  INDUSTRY    137 

Once  the  fact  is  grasped  that  the  economic 
dependence  of  the  workers  is  bound  up  with 
an  extensive  foreign  trade,  as  it  is  with  large 
industries  and  the  division  of  labour,  it  follows 
that  their  emancipation  is  bound  up  with  small 
industries  and  local  markets.  Only  under  such 
conditions  have  the  workers  a  chance.  The 
master  of  a  small  workshop  can  only  maintain 
his  foothold  amid  stable  economic  circumstances, 
such  as  obtain  with  local  markets.  If  his  market 
is  thousands  of  miles  away  he  inevitably  falls 
under  the  control  of  the  financier  or  middleman. 
The  same  thing  would  happen  if  the  workers 
were  organized  into  Guilds.  They  would  come 
to  be  dependent  upon  a  financial  class  of  men 
who  organized  the  market  for  them,  and,  like 
capitalists,  they  would  be  compelled  to  resort 
to  the  same  tricks  to  hold  it.  But  if  agricul- 
ture were  revived  the  home  market  would  become 
available.  The  workers  would  have  their  feet 
on  a  solid  economic  foundation.  If  they  were 
sure  of  the  home  market  they  could  engage  in 
foreign  trade  to  a  limited  extent,  and  no  harm 
would  come  to  them,  because  the  home  market 
would  guarantee  their  independence.  But  to  be 
absolutely  dependent  upon  foreign  markets  is 
a  different  matter.  It  is  to  place  themselves  at 
the  mercy  of  economic  forces  which  they  are 
powerless  to  control. 

Looking  at  our  industrial  system  from  this 
point  of  view,  it  is  evident  that  the  large  industry, 
though  perhaps  here  and  there  inevitable,  will 


138    DECENTRALIZATION  OF  INDUSTRY 

not,  to  anything  like  the  same  extent,  bulk  so 
largely  in  the  future  as  it  does  to-day.  It 
is  evident,  for  instance,  that  we  shall  need  fewer 
railways,  their  present  abnormal  development 
being  due  to  the  growth  of  cross  distribution 
and  the  aggregation  bf  population  into  towns. 
With  a  more  reasonable  distribution  of  popu- 
lation between  urban  and  rural  areas,  and  the 
revival  of  small  workshops  and  local  markets, 
which  we  may  safely  anticipate  in  the  future,  rail- 
ways will  shrink  into  comparative  insignificance. 
I  cannot  endorse  Mr.  H.  G.  Wells 's  prediction 
that  we  shall  travel  more  and  more  in  the  future 
— though  we  doubtless  will  in  the  immediate 
future — because  this  tendency  is  necessarily 
accompanied  by  a  growth  of  social  instability 
which  sooner  or  later  must  provoke  a  reaction. 
After  all,  the  excessive  travelling  of  to-day  is 
largely  a  reaction  against  the  ugliness  of  our 
overgrown  towns.  But  when  beauty  once  more 
finds  a  place  in  our  life  surroundings,  we  may 
expect  that  the  present  restlessness  will  tend  to 
disappear. 

It  is  evident  that  if  ever  we  are  to  realize 
such  a  state  of  society  as  I  have  sketched,  trade 
relationships  will  need  to  be  very  carefully  regu- 
lated. We  shall  not  be  able  to  leave  ourselves 
at  the  mercy  of  the  whimsicalities  of  Free  Trade, 
for  economic  stability  is  impossible  in  a  com- 
munity which  places  the  workers  at  the  mercy 
of  fluctuations  of  prices  or  subjects  them  to 
the  danger  of  the  importation  of  sweated  goods 
from  other  lands.  On  the  contrary,  while  we 


DECENTRALIZATION  OF  INDUSTRY    139 

approve  of  the  principle  of  Protection — for  the 
principle  of  Protection  is  identical  with  that  of 
privilege  which  underlies  the  Guild  System — and 
must  give  it  our  support,  we  must  see  to  it 
that  it  is  administered  in  the  interests  of  society 
as  a  whole,  and  not  merely  in  the  interests  of 
such  capitalists  as  find  themselves  in  a  position 
to  bring  pressure  to  bear  upon  the  Government 
to  secure  privileges  for  themselves.  Our  policy 
must  be  the  protection  of  the  standard  of  life 
of  the  workers  and  of  quality  in  craftsmanship, 
which,  as  I  have  before  explained,  go  together. 
But  this  involves  a  revival  of  the  Mediaeval  prin- 
ciples of  fixed  prices.  Protection  without  fixed 
prices  and  without  Guild  control  opens  wide  the 
gate  of  corruption.  There  are  political  possi- 
bilities, I  think,  in  this  idea.  The  workers  might 
secure  privileges  for  themselves  by  supporting 
Protectionists.  But  they  would  need  to  be  very 
careful  to  see  that  they  came  out  right.  It  is 
not  practical  politics  to-day,  but  it  might  be 
to-morrow. 

Lest  any  of  my  readers  should  imagine  a 
system  of  fixed  prices  is  impracticable,  I  might 
say  that  building  contracts  to-day  are  largely 
based  on  such  a  system.  In  a  builder's  estimate 
most  of  the  prices  will  be  taken  direct  from 
Laxton's  Builders'  Price  Book.  The  variations 
are  confined  to  a  few  items,  where  the  builder 
exercises  his  own  judgment.  In  Lancashire  also 
the  cotton  operatives  have  a  most  elaborate 
system  of  piece-work  rates,  which  are  arranged 
between  the  Trade  Unions  and  the  employers. 


XVIII 

THE  REDISTRIBUTION  OF 
POPULATION 

A  FRANK  recognition  of  the  fleeting  nature  of 
the  national  prosperity  which  is  based  upon  an 
extensive  foreign  trade  would  carry  us  a  long 
way  towards  the  formulation  of  a  true  social 
policy.  But  I  fear  such  a  recognition  will  be 
difficult  to  get  :  "a  reformer  is  a  person  who 
wants  to  reform  other  people,  but  not  himself," 
Mr.  Dooley  once  cynically  remarked  ;  and  I 
regret  to  say  it  contains  a  large  element  of  truth, 
for  the  difficulty  which  stands  in  the  way  of  social 
reform  is  finally  that  we  are  not  open  to  consider 
any  scheme  which  seriously  interferes  with  the 
Jives  to  which  each  one  of  us  seems  irrevocably 
committed.  tWe  are  town  bred,  and  we  don't 
particularly  care  for  ideas  of  reform  which  would 
turn  a  great  percentage  of  us  into  agricultural 
workers . 

I  can  sympathize  with  such  feelings.  I  know 
how  difficult  it  would  be  for  me  to  abandon 
town  life  and  to  work  in  the  country.  And  yet 
intellectual  honesty  compels  me  to  affirm  that, 
apart  from  a  change  in  the  nature  of  the  activities 

which  make  up  our  lives,  there  is  no  solution  for 

no 


REDISTRIBUTION  OF  POPULATION     141 

our  problems.  In  a  really  healthy  society  there 
would  exist  a  certain  ratio  between  the  rural  and 
urban  populations.  .What  that  ratio  should  be  I 
am  not  prepared  to  say.  But  that  there  exists 
a  gross  disproportion  between  the  two  to-day, 
few  will  be  found  to  deny.  The  present  depres- 
sion in  agriculture  reacts  to  aggravate  the  in- 
dustrial problem  by  driving  the  countryman  into 
the  towns  to  compete  with  the  town  worker  for 
a  living,  and  thus,  where  it  does  not  actually 
depress  the  standard  rate  of  wages,  prevents 
the  town  worker  from  improving  his  conditions. 

The  New  Age  has  repeatedly  urged  the  im- 
portance of  the  Trade  Unions  spending  money  on 
organizing  the  agricultural  workers.  This  is  im- 
portant ;  but  I  would  go  further  than  this.  I 
think  the  Unions  would  be  well  advised  in  finan-. 
cing  "  back  to  the  land  "  schemes.  They  should 
buy  land  and  use  it  for  the  purpose  of  transferring 
such  of  their  members  as  could  not  find  employ- 
ment in  their  own  trades  to  agricultural  occu- 
pations. But  the  formation  of  such  colonies  would 
need  to  be  preceded  by  the  organization  of  the 
agricultural  workers  in  order  to  diminish  the  dis- 
crepancy in  wages. 

It  will  be  impossible  for  me  to  enter  into  the 
details  of  such  a  scheme,  because  with  the  agri- 
cultural problem,  as  such,  I  am  incompetent  to 
deal.  Suffice  it  to  say,  however,  that  I  recognize 
it  as  the  most  fundamental  of  all.  Those,  however, 
who  are  interested  in  it  should  study  the  work  of 
the  Irish  Agricultural  Organization  Society.  So 


142    REDISTRIBUTION  OF  POPULATION 

far  as  I  gather  from  its  literature,  the  economic 
problem  which  confronts  the  revival  of  agriculture 
is  parallel  to  that  which  confronts  the  revival  of 
craftsmanship.  In  each  case  the  middleman  stands 
in  the  way.  The  Irish  peasant  remained  poor 
because  the  middleman,  by  standing  between  him 
and  his  market,  was  in  a  position  to  rob  him  of 
his  earnings,  just  in  the  same  way  as  he  does 
the  craftsman. 

The  revival  of  agriculture  would  certainly  re- 
lieve the  pressure  of  competition  in  our  towns. 
But  whether  by  this  means  alone  a  proper  ratio 
between  urban  and  rural  areas  could  be  estab- 
lished is  very  much  open  to  question.  I  am 
inclined  to  think  that  there  are  too  many  of  us 
in  this  country,  and  that  emigration  is  necessary 
to  the  solution  of  our  problems.  In  this  sense 
we  have  a  population  problem.  The  Lords  of 
Statistics  with  their  motto  :  "  The  more  the 
merrier,"  refuse  to  recognize  it.  But  that  is  be- 
cause they  regard  society  as  an  aggregation  of 
individual  or  atomic  units  which  arc  as  inter- 
changeable as  coins,  and  are  utterly  destitute  of 
any  conception  of  society  as  an  organism. 

To  minds  so  constituted  I  can  quite  understand 
that  the  population  problem  has  no  existence. 
But  it  is  otherwise  with  those  who,  having  more 
insight  into  the  nature  of  'men,  realize  on  what 
terms  it  is  possible  for  them  to  co-operate.  Like 
Aristotle,  they  perceive  that  the  'problems  of 
Government  increase  with  an  excess  of  population. 
The  Greeks  boldly  faced  this  situation,  and  when 


REDISTRIBUTION  OF  POPULATION    143 

the  population  of  their  cities  became  too  big 
to  be  manageable,  sent  out  their  citizens  to 
establish  new  colonies.  iWith  us  emigration  is 
largely  left  to  individual  initiative,  and  the  result 
is  not  only  that  we  do  not  emigrate  in  sufficient 
numbers,  but  we  emigrate  in  a  wrong  spirit.  The 
man  who  emigrates  alone  separates  from  his 
friends,  and  rarely  settles  down  in  the  land  of  his 
adoption  in  the  way  that  Italians  and  Eastern 
Europeans  do,  who  always  emigrate  in  groups. 
He  cherishes  the  hope  of  making  a  pile  and  return- 
ing home.  It  is  this  spirit  that  has  corrupted 
colonial  life  and  has  brought  into  existence  social 
problems  like  our  own.  There  are  no  cities  in 
the  world  which  suffer  more  from  overcrowding 
than  the  Canadian  towns.  Speculation  has  raised 
land  values  so  high  that  it  is  only  by  crowding 
houses  together  that  building  schemes  can  be  made 
to  pay. 

The  opinion  of  Aristotle  that  the  problem  of 
government  is  largely  the  problem  of  numbers 
receives  ample  support  from  the  writings  of  Mr. 
E.  L.  Godkin.  In  Unforeseen  Tendencies  of 
Democracy,  Mr.  Godkin  shows  how  the  decline 
of  the  ideal  of  American  Democracy  is  to  be 
traced  ultimately  to  the  increase  in  the  numbers 
of  voters.  In  the  early  days  of  American  Demo- 
cracy, when  the  voters  were  few,  men  of  character 
were  personally  well  known  in  the  community, 
and  such  men  became  public  representatives,  be- 
cause of  their  prominence.  But  with  the  rapid 
increase  of  emigration  the  members  of  society 


144    REDISTRIBUTION  OP  POPULATION 

ceased  to  be  well  known  to  each  other,  and 
then  the  trouble  began.  A  capacity  for  public 
speaking  rather  than  personal  character  became 
the  primary  qualification  for  public  life,  because 
only  good  speakers  could  'become  sufficiently  well 
known  to  the  electorate.  With  this  change  there 
came  a  deterioration  in  the  type  of  public  repre- 
sentative, for  a  capacity  for  public  speaking  pro- 
vides no  guarantee  for  either  wisdom  or  character. 
Following  this  decline  of  the  calibre  of  the 
public  representative  came  the  growth  of  the  power 
of  the  "  machine,"  which  could  automatically  pro- 
duce majorities  in  favour  of  any  candidate  which 
it  chose  to  support.  With  this  came  political 
corruption  and  jobbery.  The  same  kind  of  thing 
is  happening  here.  The  party  system  has  gradu- 
ally destroyed  the  independence  of  the  private 
member,  and  can  automatically  produce  majorities  ; 
but  we  have  not  sunk  so  low  as  America,  and 
it  is  quite  possible  that  we  never  shall,  for  the 
tradition  of  public  life  is  much  stronger  here, 
and  the  Englishman  is  not  so  single-hearted  as 
is  the  American  in  the  pursuit  of  the  dollar.  But 
we  are  travelling  in  the  same  direction,  and  it  is 
necessary  for  us  to  pause  and  think.  The  evil 
in  each  case  is  the  same,  namely  that  the  units 
of  organization  are  too  large,  so  that  men  can 
no  longer  be  well  known  to  each  other.  A  healthy 
public  life  is  impossible  when  a  man  ceases  to 
be  known  to  his  next-door  neighbour,  and  this 
phenomenon  is  the  inevitable  accompaniment  of 
large  cities  and  large  organizations. 


XIX 

THE  REABSORPTION  OF  THE 
PROFESSIONS 

IT  is  evident  that  if  the  reform  of  society  is  to 
proceed  in  the  direction  I  have  indicated,  and 
small  industries  and  local  markets  are  to  take 
the  place  of  large  industries  and  universal  markets, 
the  professions  will  shrink  into  comparative  in- 
significance. 

In  Civilization:  Its  Cause  and  Cure,  Mr. 
Edward  Carpenter  contrasts  the  health,  vigour, 
and  immunity  from  disease  of  the  barbarian  with 
the  unhealthiness  of  civilized  man,  pointing  out, 
incidentally,  that  the  growth  of  the  number  of 
doctors  in  our  society  is  not  indicative  of  the 
increase  of  health,  but  of  disease.  The  same 
principle  may  be  applied  to  all  the  professions. 
Their  growth  in  every  case  is  symptomatic  of  the 
growth  of  disease  in  one  form  or  another.  The 
growth  of  the  number  of  lawyers  is  a  sign  of 
the  growth  of  disease  in  the  body  politic,  while 
the  growth  of  the  number  of  architects  is  indi- 
cative of  the  growth  of  disease  in  architecture 
and  the  building  trades.  Further,  the  professions 
to-day  are  overcrowded.  In  every  one  of  them 

10  1« 


146    REABSORPTION  OF  PROFESSIONS 

there  are  many  more  attempting  to  earn  a  living 
at  them  than  is  warranted  by  the  amount  of  work 
which  requires  to  be  done  ;  from  which  fact  it 
appears  that  the  abnormal  growth  of  the  pro- 
fessions is  itself  indicative  of  a  still  more  serious 
disease  in  the  community  as  a  whole. 

ftV2ien  we  seek  for  an  explanation  of  this 
phenomenon,  we  find  it  in  the  misapplication  of 
machinery.  It  is  evident  that  as  machine  produc- 
tion extends  its  area,  and  handicraft  is  destroyed, 
it  obliges  almost  everybody,  who  is  under  the 
necessity  of  earning  a  living,  to  attempt  to  get  a 
footing  in  the  class  higher  than  the  one  in  which 
he  was  born.  The  immediate  effect  of  machine 
production  was  to  increase  enormously  the  number 
of  commercial  travellers,  shopkeepers,  and  middle- 
men of  various  kinds.  Throughout  the  nineteenth 
century  such  people  who  constituted  the  middle 
class  became  very  prosperous,  for  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  increased  wealth  of  the  community 
found  its  way  into  their  hands.  But  a  point  came 
at  last  when  the  limit  of  expansion  of  this  class 
was  reached,  and  from  that  time  forward  the 
increase  of  the  middle  class  has  been  accompanied 
by  an  increase  in  the  pressure  of  competition.  As 
the  rising  generation  of  the  middle  class  could 
not  go  back  to  handicraft,  owing  to  the  spread 
of  machine  production,  it  has  pressed  itself  forward 
into  the  professions.  It  is  true  that  other  influences 
have  been  at  work,  such  as  the  desire  of  the 
more  prosperous  members  of  the  middle  class  to 
secure  social  prestige  by  educating  their  sons  for 


REABSORPTION  OF  PROFESSIONS    147 

the  professions  ;  but  the  economic  pressure  which' 
followed  the  misapplication  of  machinery  has  in- 
creasingly driven  them  in  this  upward  direction 
by  forcing  upon  the  rising  generation  the  choice 
between  struggling  for  a  living  in  the  profes- 
sions or  being  enslaved  as  a  clerk,  or  shop 
assistant,  by  some  large  organization  which  had 
come  about  as  a  result  of  the  increase  of  competi- 
tion in  the  middle  class.  Needless  to  say,  every 
member  of  the  class  who  was  in  a  position  to 
do  so  chose  to  fight  in  the  professions. 

The  fact  that  the  growth  of  the  number  of 
doctors  is  indicative  of  the  growth  of  disease  is 
self-evident,  and  as  Mr.  Carpenter  has  dealt  with 
this  issue  at  some  length,  I  will  not  do  more  than 
mention  it.  But  the  application  of  the  same 
principle  is  not  so  apparent  in  the  case  of  lawyers 
and  architects. 

Everybody  knows  that  the  law  to-day  does  not 
secure  justice.  Yet  it  is  only  the  philosopher  who 
understands  that  a  codified  law  is  incompatible 
with  justice.  In  England  to-day,  as  in  Rome, 
the  idea  is  that  if  the  law  is  to  be  administered 
impartially  it  must  be  administered  impersonally. 
It  is  supposed  that  if  the  judge  is  personally 
known  to  the  accused  he  will  be  influenced  one 
way  or  another,  and  that  this  will  defeat  the  ends 
of  justice.  We  have  become  so  accustomed  to 
this  way  of  thinking  that  we  accept  it  as  a  dogma. 
And  yet  nothing  can  be  further  from  the  truth, 
for  we  can  only  be  just  to  a  man  when  we  know 
his  personal  character  and  can  enter  into  the 


148    REABSORPTION  OF  PROFESSIONS 

difficulties  and  circumstances  of  his  life.  The 
member  of  a  class  which  has  command  of 
circumstances,  and  who  enjoys  freedom  of  choice 
in  most  of  his  actions,  is  rarely  able  to  sympathize 
with  the  man  who  is  at  the  mercy  of  circumstances. 
Hence  the  class  prejudice  which  disgraces  the 
English  Bench.  The  Greeks  who  worked  out 
the  basis  of  Law — for  Greek  law  underlies  the 
Roman  Law — realized  the  personal  nature  of 
justice.  Aristotle  affirms  that  justice  is  only  pos- 
sible in  small  communities.  "-  The  magistrates," 
he  says,  "  can  neither  determine  causes  with  justice 
nor  issue  their  orders  with  propriety  unless  they 
know  the  character  of  their  fellow-citizens  ;  so 
that  whenever  this  happens  not  to  be  the  case 
the  State  must  of  necessity  be  badly  managed  ; 
for  it  is  not  right  to  determine  too  hastily  and 
without  proper  knowledge,  as  is  more  or  less  in- 
evitable if  the  citizens  are  too  many."  Further, 
he  gives  us  some  idea  as  to  the  size  of  such  a 
community.  "  Ten  men,"  he  says,  "  are  too  few 
for  a  city  ;  a  hundred  thousand  are  too  many." 
And  in  this  connection  we  should  know  that  by 
City  is  implied  "•  State,"  for  the  Greek  States 
were  City  States. 

In  the  village  communities,  under  which  agri- 
culture was  everywhere  organized  prior  to  the 
growth  of  Feudalism,  such  conditions  obtained. 
In  them  the  administration  of  justice  was  a 
personal  affair,  governed  by  custom  and  tradition. 
According  to  Kropotkin,  "  every  dispute  was 
brought  first  before  mediators  and  arbiters,  and 


REABSORPTION  OF  PROFESSIONS    149 

it  mostly  ended  with  them,  the  arbiters  playing 
a  very  important  part  in  barbarian  society.  But 
if  the  case  was  too  grave  to  be  settled  in  this 
way,  it  came  before  the  folkmote,  which  was 
bound  '  to  find  the  sentence  '  and  pronounce  it 
in  a  conditional  form  ;  that  is,  '  such  compensation 
was  due  if  the  wrong  be  proved,'  and  the  wrong 
had  to  be  proved  or  disclaimed  by  six  or  twelve 
persons  confirming  or  denying  the  fact  by  oath  ; 
ordeal  being  resorted  to  in  case  of  contradiction 
between  the  two  sets  of  jurors." 

Justice  to-day  has  become  an  aspiration  or  in- 
tellectual concept  ;  it  can  only  be  realized  objec- 
tively amid  primitive  conditions  of  society.  The 
reason  for  this  is  that  it  is  only  under  such  con- 
ditions that  law,  morality,  and  fact  are  inseparable 
from  each  other.  The  trouble  appears  to  begin 
when  one  people  is  conquered  and  becomes  sub- 
ject to  the  domination  of  another,  and  the  idea 
of  justice  gives  place  to  the  idea  of  how  the 
conquering  race  can  best  organize  its  military 
superiority  for  the  purposes  of  orderly  government . 
A  people  who  were  actuated  primarily  by  the 
motive  of  justice  would  never  seek  to  become 
a  large  State.  Unfortunately  for  the  happiness 
of  the  world,  this  motive  has  rarely  been  the 
dominant  one.  The  love  of  conquest  and  pow_er 
has  always  exercised  a  fascination  for  people  whose 
character  and  circumstances  enabled  them  to 
gratify  it.  And  so  conditions  have  come  into 
existence  under  which  justice  has  become  a  dream 
rather  than  a  reality,  and  recourse  has  been  made 


150    REABSORPTION  OF  PROFESSIONS 

to  law,  not  with  the  idea  of  administering  justice, 
but  as  a  rough-and-ready  instrument  for  the 
purpose  of  maintaining  order  in  the  external  affairs 
of  life.  The  enforcement  of  order  tends  to  make 
law  more  and  more  impersonal,  and  to  widen 
the  gulf  which  separates  it  from  justice. 

Such  is  the  reason  or  basis  of  the  legal  pro- 
fession. The  attainment  of  order  rather  than 
justice  is  the  object  of  its  ambition.  As  such, 
its  existence  is  symptomatic  of  the  disease  of 
society.  In  the  Greek  City  States  the  lawgiver 
was  the  philosopher,  and  it  is  only  on  such  terms 
that  justice  is  possible,  because  alone  among  men 
the  philosopher  sees  the  reason  of  things  and 
can  relate  the  idea  of  justice  to  human  possibili- 
ties. The  lawyer  makes  no  such  pretensions. 
His  love  of  hair-splitting  technicalities,  which  has 
made  the  law  a  lottery,  is  itself  evidence  of  a 
lack  of  breadth  of  vision.  He  follows  the  line 
of  least  resistance,  and  the  line  of  least  resistance 
in  each  case  is  to  give  legal  sanction  to  what  is 
established,  no  matter  how  it  has  been  established. 
The  abandonment  of  the  ideal  of  justice  has  been 
followed  by  the  growth  of  social  confusion,  and 
the  growth  of  confusion  involves  the  extension 
of  legalism.  The  spread  of  legalism  tends  to 
reduce  to  impotence  every  limb  of  the  body  politic. 
It  is  a  vicious  circle  from  which  there  is  no 
escape  apart  from  a  return  to  first  principles. 

Any  attempt  to  give  application  to  such  first 
principles  in  modern  society  necessarily  appears 
Utopian  and  impracticable.  It  would  be  easy 


REABSORPTION  OF  PROFESSIONS    151 

to  lay  down  the  principte  that  every  man  has  a 
right  to  be  judged  by  his  peers — that  such  bodies, 
for  instance,  as  Trade  Unions  should  exercise  the 
rights  of  jurisdiction  over  their  own  members  as 
the  Guilds  did  in  the  Middle  Ages.  But  the 
spirit  of  the  age  blocks  the  way.  Not  until 
the  spirit  of  competition  and  mutual  suspicion 
can  be  replaced  by  one  of  co-operation  and  mutual 
confidence  is  such  a  change  to  be  thought  of. 
In  the  meantime  the  evil  inherent  in  the  existing 
legal  system  should  be  reduced  to  a  minimum1 
by  limiting  the  fees  of  the  advocate  while  de- 
priving him  of  his  monopoly  of  the  Bench.  Only 
in  the  United  States  of  America  and  this  country 
does  the  advocate  enjoy  this  monopoly.  The  pro- 
motion of  laymen  to  the  Bench  would  bring  a 
breath  of  common  sense  into  our  fusty  legal 
atmosphere. 


IT  will  be  convenient  for  us,  before  considering 
the  profession  of  the  architect,  to  consider  the 
position  of  the  trade  designer.  I  do  not  call 
it  a  profession,  because  the  trade  designer  has 
not  the  status  of  the  professional  man,  though 
the  function  he  is  supposed  to  fulfil  is  sufficiently 
important  to  warrant  it. 

When  we  consider  that  the  trade  designer 
is  responsible  equally  with  the  architect  for  the 
design  of  all  those  things  which  combine  to  make 
the  environment  of  our  lives,  it  is  a  strange  com- 
ment on  our  social  and  'industrial  arrangements 
that  he  enjoys  no  status.  'He  is  not  recognized 
as  an  artist,  and  yet  the  abilities  needed  to  per- 
form his  function  properly  are  far  greater  than 
those  required  by  the  average  painter,  for  paint- 
ing in  these  days  is  for  the  most  part  an  imitative 
art,  whilst  design  is  a  creative  one,  and  as  such 
is  entitled  to  take  a  higher  rank.  It  is,  in  fact, 
the  very  essence  of  art  ;  for,  strictly  speaking, 
painting  only  becomes  an  art  when  it  is  used 
as  a  medium  of  expression  by  men  who  arc  con- 
versant with  the  arts  of  design. 

152 


THE  TRADE  DESIGNER  153 

Yet  we  gratuitously  bestow  the  title  of  artist 
on  every  imitative  dabbler  in  paint,  and  not  only 
withhold  it  from  those  who  pursue  a  vocation 
which  demands  really  creative  gifts,  but  are  con- 
tent 'to  condemn  them  to  a  lifelong  servitude  ta 
salesmen  and  bagmen,  who,  by  dictating  to  them 
how  things  shall  be  done,  have  assumed  the  func- 
tion of  censors  of  public  taste.  Nearly  all  trade 
designers  are  in  this  position.  They  have  become 
the  unwilling  slaves  of  commercial  organizations, 
and  the  degradation  of  the  products  of  indus- 
trialism bears  witness  to  their  servitude.  The 
absence  of  status  of  the  trade  designer  has  re- 
acted upon  himself  ;  and,  generally  'speaking,  he 
is  to-day  no  better  than  "his  position.  He  has 
never  in  his  life  been  given  the  opportunity  of 
using  his  gifts  in  a  rational  way,  and  his  faculties 
have  become  atrophied  in  consequence. 

When  Socialists  talk  about  reforming  indus- 
trialism, I  always  think  of  the  trade  designer, 
for  the  possibilities  of  reform  depend  finally  upon 
a  change  in  his  status,  and,  if  we  accept  in- 
dustrialism, I  cannot  think  of  any  scheme  which 
could  possibly  alter  it  for  the  better.  His  present 
subordination  is  involved  in  the  whole  structure 
of  industrialism.  Under  the  old  mediaeval  system 
of  qualitative  production  the  designer,  craftsman, 
and  salesman  were  for  the  most  part  one  and  the 
same  person,  and  where  they  were  not  actually 
identical  they  were  in  such  close  contact  with 
each  other  as  to  work  harmoniously  together. 

The  consequence  was  that  the  mediaeval  crafts- 


154  THE  TRADE  DESIGNER 

man  was  independent  ;  he  had  some  control  over 
the  circumstances  of  his  industry.  But  when 
quantitative  was  substituted  for  qualitative  pro- 
duction the  designer  lost  his  independence.  Class 
divisions  came  into  industry,  and  so  he,  separated 
from  the  craftsman,  became  subject  to  the  control 
of  the  salesman,  who  in  turn  was  controlled  by 
the  financier.  In  this  position  he  will  remain 
so  long  as  quantitative  production  obtains,  because 
with  such  an  ideal  it  is  natural  that  those  who  are 
primarily  concerned  with  quantitative  output  will 
be  in  a  stronger  economic  position  and  take  pre- 
cedence over  those  whose  concern  is  with  the 
quality  of  the  wares  produced.  So  long  as  the 
trade  designer  remains  in  this  position  production 
will  flounder  for  the  lack  of  any  clear  direction  ; 
for  there  is,  finally,  only  one  man  who  can  direct 
the  power  of  industry  into  its  proper  channels, 
namely  the  artist,  and  quantitative  production 
denies  the  designer  this  status. 

This  is  the  "dilemma  in  which  modern  industry 
finds  itself.  Literally  the  tail  wags  the  dog.  A 
system  of  organization  which  subordinates  the 
primary  functions  of  designing  and  making  things 
to  the  secondary  ones  of  buying  and  selling  is 
clearly  on  a  false  basis.  It  is  fundamentally 
unsound,  and  no  sophistry  can  make  it  otherwise. 
Socialists  who  imagine  that  a  solution  of  industrial 
problems  is  possible  on  a  basis  of  quantitative 
productiop  would  be  required  to  show  how  the 
four  classes  of  men  involved  in  production  to-day 
—the  financiers,  salesmen,  designers,  and  work- 


THE  TRADE  DESIGNER  155 

men — could  be  made  to  co-operate  together.  This 
they  can  only  do  by  ignoring  the  psychological 
problem  involved.  You  cannot  have  two  Caesars 
in  the  same  camp,  and  for  the  same  reason  the 
artist  and  the  financier  can  never  co-operate 
together  except  on  terms  which  make  them 
mutually  independent  of  each  other.  .Work  to- 
gether in  the  same  organization  they  cannot.  One 
of  them  must  rule,  and  under  a  system  of  quanti- 
tative production  it  will  be  the  financier  who 
will  do  so,  as  under  qualitative  production  it  will 
be  the  artist  and  philosopher.  It  is  the  privilege 
of  democracy  to  decide  between  them.  If  it 
allows  its  cupidity  to  be  tempted  and  supports 
quantitative  production,  the  financier  remains  to 
exploit  it  for  its  folly.  But  if  on  the  other  hand 
it  supports  qualitative  production,  then  power  will 
gradually  pass  into  the  hands  of  the  artist  and 
philosopher,  and  democracy  will  be  rewarded  with 
liberty.  For  the  ideal  of  the  artist  is  ultimately 
democratic,  though  immediately  his  action  is  auto- 
cratic ;  whereas  the  financier  is  immediately 
democratic  and  ultimately  autocratic. 

I  say,  then,  that  the  artist's  ideal  is  democratic. 
He  knows  only  too  well  that  he  cannot  save 
his  soul  alone.  A  democratic  aim  is  thrust  upon 
him  by  the  needs  of  self -existence.  He  knows 
that  the  only  terms  on  which  it  is  finally  possible 
to  revive  the  arts  are  identical  with  those  which 
will  emancipate  the  workers  from  the  tyranny 
of  Industrialism.  Quantitative  production,  by 
destroying  craftsmanship,  has  taken  away  the 


156  THE  TRADE  DESIGNER 

ground  from  under  the  artist's  feet.  It  has 
enabled  the  financier  to  enslave  the  designer, 
and  now  the  evil  result  is  being  felt.  With- 
out the  direction  which  the  artist  alone  can  give, 
production  finds  itself  to-day  at  the  mercy  of 
every  fashion.  There  is  but  one  remedy  for 
this  state  of  things  :  to  return  to  the  old  ways. 
Economic  stability  finally  rests  upon  intellectual 
and  aesthetic  stability,  and  these  are  impossible 
under  a  system  of  production  which  denies 
everything  fundamental,  both  in  art  and  in  life. 
•But  things  are  turning  in  this  direction.  The 
tremendous  growth  of  the  antique  trade  is  one 
of  the  significant  developments  of  the  age.  It 
is  the  answer  of  the  public  to  the  impotence 
and  futility  of  industrialism.  It  says  in  so  many 
words  that  the  present  methods  of  industry  are 
wrong,  and  that  if  scientific  machinery  produces 
such  deplorable  results,  then,  judging  by  results, 
the  only  sensible  thing  to  do  is  to  seek  to  revive 
the  past.  It  foreshadows  that  reaction  against 
the  deadlock  of  modernism  which  in  the  sphere 
of  politics  finds  its  immediate  expression  in  the 
growth  of  revolutionary  feeling,  as  it  will  ulti- 
mately seek  it  in  a  conscious  revival  of  the 
traditions  of  the  past. 


XXI 

THE  PROFESSION  OF  ARCHITEC- 
TURE 

THAT  the  growth  of  professionalism  is  coinci- 
dent with  the  growth  of  social  disease  in  the  case 
of  the  architectural  profession  as  well  as  in  law 
and  medicine  is  an  opinion  that  has  been  held 
by  the  highest  authorities.  In  the  year  1892  a 
collection  of  essays  by  (different  architects,  edited 
by  Mr.  R.  Norman  Shaw,  R.A.,  and  Mr.  F.  G. 
Jackson,  R.A.,  appeared  under  the  provocative 
title,  Architecture:  A  Profession  or  an  Art?  The 
object  of  this  book  was  to  affirm  the  principle 
that  the  only  solution  of  the  problems  of  archi- 
tecture was  to  be  found  in  a  return  to  the  Mediaeval 
method  of  building  ;  and  to  prove  that  the  archi- 
tectural profession  should  pursue  a  policy  which 
in  the  long  run  would  eventuate  in  the  resumption 
by  the  architect  of  the  position  which  he  occupied 
in  the  Middle  Ages  as  Master  of  the  Works,  co- 
ordinating the  work  of  a  group  of  craftsmen, 
each  capable  of  supplying  the  details  and 
ornaments  of  their  own  crafts,  much  in  the 
same  way  that  the  conductor  of  an  orchestra 

157 


158    PROFESSION  OF   ARCHITECTURE 

brings  into  harmony  the  efforts  of  the  various 
musicians .  i 

Any  one  who  is  vitally  interested  in  architecture 
as  an  art,  and  is  familiar  with  the  economics  of 
the  profession,  will  find  it  impossible  to  resist 
this  conclusion,  for  as  it  exists  to-day  the  archi- 
tectural profession  has  not  within  itself  the  elements 
of  permanence.  It  is  manifestly  in  a  state  of 
transition,  and  must  either  pursue  a  policy  which 
will  'aim  at  the  removal  of  the  existing  class 
division  between  the  architect  and  the  building 
trades,  as  in  the  Middle  Ages,  or  the  architect 
must  consent  to  be  enslaved  by  the  surveyor. 
It  is  probable  that  at  the  worst  there  will  be 
some  architects  who  will  be  able  to  escape  this 
fate,  owing  to  exceptional  influence.  But  there 
is  no  denying'  that  the  general  tendency  to-day  is 
in  this  direction,  and  that  just  as  the  architect 
enslaved  the  craftsman,  so  he,  in  turn,  is  being 
enslaved  by  the  surveyor. 

Architects,  as  they  existed  during  Renaissance 
times,  were  mainly  the  exceptional  men  of  the 
building  trades  who  had  become  specialized  in 
design  because  of  their  superior  gifts.  They  were 
few  in  number,  and  were  only  employed  on  the 
most  monumental  work  ;  ordinary  buildings  were 
still  designed  by  the  master  builders.  But  this 
is  no  longer  the  case.  The  architectural  pro- 
fession in  its  present  proportions  has  not  come 
into  existence  in  response  to  a  demand  for  archi- 
tecture, but  in  response  to  a  demand  for  com- 
mercial building.  The  immediate  cause  of  the 


PROFESSION  OP  ARCHITECTURE     159 

rapid  expansion  was  the  growth  of  the  contract 
system  in  building,  which  brought  into  existence 
a  man  to  enforce  the  contracts.  This  man, 
originally  a  surveyor  or  builders'  clerk,  who  knew 
something  about  the  finance  of  building,  but  was 
without  any  pretensions  to  architectural  know- 
ledge, began  to  call  himself  an  architect  because 
he  found  it  commercially  advantageous  to  do  so. 
Important  work  came  to  be  placed  in  his  hands, 
but  as  he  was  without  the  knowledge  which  would 
have  enabled  him  to  make  a  proper  use  of  his 
opportunities,  he  made  a  terrible  mess  of  things. 
The  problem  to-day  is  how  can  the  minority  of 
real  architects  leaven  this  mass  of  ignorance,  which 
owes  its  existence  to  the  creation  of  a  class  of 
practitioners  who  are  qualified  to  fulfil  one  func- 
tion, but  are  entrusted  by  the  public  with  another 
for  which  they  are  unqualified  and  which  can 
only  be  performed  successfully  by  men  of  quite  a 
different  type  of  mind.  This  tendency  of  the  pro- 
fession to  draw  its  recruits  from  non-architectural 
sources  is  the  economic  problem  in  architecture. 
The  profession  is  flooded  with  men  who  are 
not  in  the  architectural  tradition,  but  come  in 
from  the  estate  agency  end  of  things.  In  the 
city  and  in  the  suburb,  generally  speaking,  the 
man  who  can  control  the  site  can  control  the  job. 
Hence  it  is  that  men  who  are  really  surveyors 
and  estate  agents  come  to  handle  great  archi- 
tectural opportunities,  while  men  whose  whole 
training  and  ability  are  for  architecture  often  find 
themselves  unable  to  get  near  the  work  at  all. 


160    PROFESSION  OF  ARCHITECTURE 

Again,  men  who  have  graduated  in  the  building 
trade  never  to-day  rise  to  the  position  of  archi- 
tects at  all. 

The  same  tendency  is  observable  in  public 
architects'  offices.  The  head  positions  are  in- 
variably occupied  by  surveyors  masquerading  as 
architects,  and  if  architects  are  ever  to  be  found 
there,  they  ate  always  in  inferior,  positions.  The 
reason  for  this  anomaly  is  easily  understood.  The 
surveyor  comes  first.  He  is  required  by  public 
bodies  for  road-making,  sewering,  and  other  such 
work.  The  more  utilitarian  type  of  buildings 
comes  to  be  placed  in  his  hands,  and  thus  he 
continues  until  important  work  comes  within  his 
grasp.  It  is  owing  to  the  action  of  such  forces 
that  the  surveyor  is  supplanting  the  architect 
to-day. 

Little  more  need  be  said  to  demonstrate  that 
the  profession  of  architecture  as  it  exists  to-day 
is  on  a  false  basis,  and  is  symptomatic  of  social 
disease.  There  was  certainly  a  case  for  archi- 
tects in  the  past  of  the  type  of  John  Thorpe  and 
Inigo  Jones,  who  were  trained  as  craftsmen,  and 
became  specialized  in  later  life  as  architects,  be- 
cause of  their  superior  gifts  of  design.  But  the 
profession  to-day  is  clearly  on  a  wrong  basis, 
when  it  would  entirely  deny  opportunities  to  such 
men,  had  they  lived  to-day  and  worked  in  the 
building  trade,  whilst  offering  many  opportunities 
to  surveyors  and  estate  agents,  and  would  place 
men  who  have  been  trained  as  architects,  and 
who  do  not  happen  to  be  men  of  means  and  good 


PROFESSION  OF  ARCHITECTURE     161 

social  position,  at  the  mercy  of  sheer  chance. 
Obviously  there  is  something  wrong,  and  though 
within  certain  limits  a  remedy  for  this  confusion 
may  be  found  by  the  exercise  of  a  wise  and 
discriminating  patronage,  yet  it  is  apparent  that 
so  long  as  the  class  division  between  the  architect 
and  the  building  trades  remains,  a  complete  solu- 
tion is  impossible.1 

The  cause  of  the  enslavement  of  the  building 
trades  by  the  architect  was  aesthetic,  inasmuch 
as  the  profession  owed  its  existence  to  the  desire 
to  revive  Roman  architecture,  of  which  the  crafts- 
men of  the  building  trades  were  ignorant,  and 
naturally  brought  into  existence  a  type  of  man 
who  was  conversant  with  Roman  work.  The 
latter-day  development  which  spells  the  enslave- 
ment of  the  architect  by  the  surveyor  and  estate 
agent  is  economic,  and  owes  its  existence  finally 
to  the  growth  of  big  towns,  large  organizations, 
and  the  contract  system.  It  is  the  natural  and 
inevitable  ending  of  a  false  ideal  of  architecture 
which  has  separated  the  architect  from  the  crafts- 
man. The  estate  agent  has  come  to  stand  in 
the  same  relation  to  the  architect  without  social 
position  as  the  salesman  or  middleman  does  to  the 
trade  designer.  The  enslavement  of  the  trade 
designer  came  first,  because  he  only  designed  small 
things  ;  the  enslavement  of  the  architect  is  pro- 

1  I  hope  nobody  will  accuse  me  of  advocating  the  abolition 
of  the  architectural  profession.  Such  would  only  make 
matters  worse.  The  transition  from  the  architect  to  the 
master  builder  is  necessarily  gradual. 

11 


162    PROFESSION  OF   ARCHITECTURE 

ceeding  to-day.  There  is  no  remedy  apart  from 
a  return  to  former  conditions.  Architecture  is 
incompatible  with  industrialism1,  and  all  efforts 
to  graft  it  on  to  it  must  fail  in  the  end. 


THROUGHOUT  this  book  I  have  repeatedly  urged 
the  importance  of  social  reformers  paying  more 
regard  to  the  claims  of  art,  and  have  drawn 
attention  to  the  economic  implications  of  its 
neglect.  It  is  difficult  to  overestimate  the 
economic  confusion  which  has  its  origin  in  the 
change  of  fashions  consequent  upon  our  national 
indifference  to  all  questions  appertaining  to  taste. 
If  I  have  failed  to  drive  this  point  home  I  have 
written  in  vain,  for  it  is  the  key  to  one  half 
of  the  problems  I  have  discussed.  To  me,  art 
and  economics  are  as  bound  together  as  the 
soul  and  the  body,  which  are  only  to  be  separated 
at  death.  It  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that  the 
welfare  of  art  is  in  the  end  of  more  importance 
than  morality,  for  morality  is  a  negative  thing, 
and  can  only  tell  us  what  not  to  do,  whilst  art 
is  positive  and  can  tell  us  what  to  do.  A 
nation  which  disregards  its  claims  lacks  the 
means  of  expression  not  only  in  art  but  in 
politics  as  well.  It  pays  for  its  neglect  in  a 
thwarted  national  and  social  life  and  in  economic 
confusion,  for  it  finds  itself  at  the  mercy  of 

163 


164     THE  DESTRUCTIVE  CONSUMPTION 

forces  which  it  can  neither  control  nor  under- 
stand. Life  which  is  thwarted  returns  upon  itself 
and  seeks  by  underground  and  illicit  means  a 
way  of  escape.  It  is  not  without  significance 
that,  whilst  the  greatest  achievements  of  the 
Middle  Ages  were  to  be  found  in  the  temples 
for  worship,  our  greatest  ones  are  to  be  found 
in  engines  of  destruction.  For  the  Dreadnought 
bears  the  same  relation  to  the  thought  and 
impulse  of  this  age  as  the  cathedral  did  to  the 
Middle  Ages — the  one  is  built  for  the  protection 
of  the  body,  the  other  for  the  protection  of  the 
soul.  And  it  all  comes  about  because  as  a 
nation  we  are  occupied  exclusively  with  material 
considerations.  We  concentrate  all  our  attention 
on  the  means  of  civilization,  to  the  utter  neglect 
and  disregard  of  the  ends  which  such  means 
are  to  serve.  So,  instead  of  public  and  spiritual 
ends,  we  serve  secret  and  private  ones,  which 
stand  in  the  way  of  any  restoration  of  a 
communal  life. 

Let  no  one  think  that  the  contrasts  I  have 
drawn  are  mere  idle  speculations.  They  are 
only  too  painfully  demonstrable  in  the  terms  of 
economics.  After  immediate  physical  wants  are 
satisfied,  a  time  comes  in  the  history  of  every 
nation  when  it  finds  itself  in  the  possession  of 
surplus  wealth.  Its  future  history  and  happiness 
largely  depend  upon  the  use  it  makes  of  it.  In 
the  past  that  surplus  was  always  spent  upon 
art,  and  particularly  upon  architecture.  Pericles, 
who  was  perhaps  the  wisest  man  who  ever  held 


OF  SURPLUS  WEALTH  165 

the  reins  of  power,  sought  to  spend  it  in  this 
way.  In  answer  to  some  who  complained  that 
Athens  was  over-adorned,  like  a  woman  wearing 
too  many  jewels,  he  replied  that  surplus  wealth 
was  best  spent  in  such  works  as  would  bring 
eternal  glory  to  the  city,  and  at  the  same  time 
employ  her  artificers.  In  the  Middle  Ages 
surplus  wealth  was  spent  upon  building 
cathedrals,  and  the  custom,  of  spending  it 
on  the  arts  obtained  in  history  until  modern 
times.  Following  the  triumph  of  Protestantism 
and  the  plundering  of  the  Church  lands,  there 
came  a  relaxation  of  the  mediaeval  laws  against 
usury  in  order  to  accommodate  morals  to  the 
practice  of  the  rich,  and  along  with  it  came 
an  increased  private  and  a  decreased  public 
expenditure  upon  architecture.  Still  the  surplus 
continued  to  be  spent  mainly  in  this  way,  and 
it  was  not  until  the  introduction  of  machinery 
that  a  change  gradually  took  place.  From  that 
time  forward  surplus  wealth  came  to  be  spent 
less  and  less  upon  building  and  more  and  more 
upon  new  productive  enterprises  ;  or,  in  other 
words,  it  ceased  to  be  consumed,  but  was  re- 
invested for  the  purposes  of  a  further  increase, 
until  in  our  day  the  proper  expenditure  of 
surplus  wealth  has  been  entirely  lost  sight  of. 
When  people  build  nowadays  they  no  longer 
regard  it  as  a  means  of  consuming  a  surplus, 
but  as  a  speculation  by  which  they  hope  to 
increase  their  riches,  and  this  applies  not  only 
to  building,  but  to  pictures,  which  are  bought 


166     THE  DESTRUCTIVE  CONSUMPTION 

to-day  as  investments.  This  changed  attitude 
is  really  the  financial  difficulty  connected  with 
the  housing  problem,  for  it  is  only  in  modern 
times  that  houses  were  ever  expected  to  pay. 
But  the  evil  does  not  end  here.  As  few 
people  nowadays  have  any  disposition  to  spend 
their  surplus  in  the  right  way,  and  as  almost 
everybody  seeks  to  use  it  as  a  means  of  further 
increase,  the  balance  which  in  former  times 
existed  between  demand  and  supply  has  been 
utterly  destroyed,  and  the  pressure  of  competi- 
tion has  increased.  Indirectly  this  results  in 
an  increase  of  personal  expenditure,  for  such 
increase  among  the  well-to-do  is  necessitated  by 
the  need  of  the  individual  holding  his  own  in 
the  competitive  social  world,  which  in  turn  is 
necessitated  by  the  need  of  securing  opportunities 
for  the  making  of  more  wealth,  and  in  the 
professional  classes  of  a  living.  Hence  the 
general  meanness  of  people  in  regard  to  ex- 
penditure upon  things  of  permanent  value,  and 
hence  again  our  ever-increasing  national  expen- 
diture upon  armaments,  which  is  due  to  the 
pressure  of  competition  among  nations.  It  is 
a  vicious  circle  from  which  there  is  no  escape 
so  long  as  people  misuse  their  surplus  wealth. 
They  decline  to  spend  it  on  the  arts  because  it 
is  unremunerative,  and  in  the  end  they  are  com- 
pelled to  spend  it  on  armaments,  which  arc  not 
only  unremunerative  but  a  peril  to  their  own 
existence.  To  such  a  pass  have  we  been  brought 
by  our  faith  in  a  political  economy  which  teaches 


OP  SURPLUS  WEALTH  167 

that  greed  and  usury  are  the  pillars  of  the  State  ! 
It  is  the  judgment  of  God,  and  who  can  deny 
its  justice? 

Our  misuse  of  surplus  wealth  accounts  for 
our  excessive  use  of  machinery.  Had  we  never 
lost  sight  of  the  ends  which  production  sub- 
serves we  should  have  had  need  of  very  little 
machinery.  If  we  had  continued  to  look  upon 
architecture  and  craftsmanship  as  a  means  of 
consuming  surplus  wealth  we  should  have  realized 
the  utter  absurdity  of  allowing  machinery  to 
trespass  on  its  domains  from  the  economic  as 
well  as  from  the  aesthetic  point  of  view.  As  it 
is,  our  surplus  wealth  is  spent  less  and  less 
upon  the  production  of  those  things  which  in 
the  past  were  regarded  as  among  the  ends  of 
civilization,  and  more  and  more  upon  the 
machinery  of  production.  Nay,  we  have  gone 
farther  ;  the  more  recent  development  is 
machinery  for  the  purpose  of  making  machinery. 
This  I  can  only  call  the  destructive  consumption 
of  surplus  wealth.  We  have  lost  the  art  of  con- 
suming it  and  have  developed  the  art  of  destroy- 
ing it  ;  for  that,  indeed,  is  the  task  upon  which 
we  are  engaged  to-day.  Hence  it  is,  when  men 
like  Mr.  H.  G.  Wells  and  Sir  Leo  Chiozza 
Money  imagine  that  the  way  to  remedy  the  evils 
of  poverty  is  to  increase  the  use  of  machinery, 
they  exhibit  themselves  as  the  mere  slaves  of 
circumstance,  as  is  natural  with  men  who  con- 
centrate all  their  attention  on  the  means  of 
civilization  and  disregard  the  ends. 


168         CONSUMPTION  OP  WEALTH 

Fortunately  for  me,  I  am  able  to  point  to  two 
modern  economists  who  have  held  the  same  idea, 
though  they  have  expressed  themselves  differ- 
ently. Mr.  J.  A.  Hobson,  in  his  analysis  of 
the  unemployed  problem,  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  solution  was  to  be  found  in  raising  the 
standard  of  production,  which  amounts  to  much 
the  same  thing  ;  whilst  Mr.  J.  M.  Robertson 
held  a  similar  idea,  as  readers  of  his  Fallacy 
of  Saving  will  know.  Unfortunately,  neither  of 
them  was  familiar  with  the  economics  of  the 
arts,  and  so  failed  to  reduce  their  conclusions 
to  concrete  terms.  But  their  testimony  is 
valuable  as  showing  that,  from  whatever  point 
of  view  the  modern  problem  is  approached, 
careful  analysis  brings  us  to  the  same  conclusion. 


XXIII 
ON  PROPERTY 

THERE  are  two  ways  of  analysing  the  structure 
of  society.  We  may  begin  with  the  nature  of 
man  and  reason  to  his  environment,  or  we  may 
reverse  the  process.  The  former  is  the  method 
of  the  Guildsman,  the  latter  of  the  Collec- 
tivist.  But  just  as  the  Collectivism  reasoning 
from  environment,  must  come,  in  the  end,  to 
definite  conclusions  about  the  nature  of  man, 
so  the  Guildsman  will  finally  have  something 
to  say  about  property,  and,  as  may  be  expected, 
he  will  come  to  different  conclusions. 

It  goes  without  saying  that  the  present-day 
distribution  of  property  is  absolutely  indefen- 
sible ;  but  that  admission  does  not  mean  that 
we  must  accept  the  Collectivist  solution  of  the 
problem.  We  may  agree  that,  in  an  ideal  state 
of  society,  goods  would  be  held  in  common,  and 
that  in  the  distant  future  such  an  ideal  may  be 
realized,  and  yet  recognize  that  it  is  altogether 
incompatible  with  a  highly  complex  state  of 
society.  Any  attempt  to  give  practical  appli- 
cation to  such  a  principle  would,  at  the  present 
time,  lead  to  greater  evils  than  those  from  which 
we  now  suffer  ;  for  in  practical  affairs  we  must 

169 


170  ON  PROPERTY 

reckon  with  men  as  they  are,  and  with  the 
problem  as  it  exists,  both  in  regard  to  the  evils 
to  be  eradicated  and  the  forces  at  our  disposal 
for  the  purpose  of  reform.  We  musi  recognize 
that  the  spirit  of  avarice  pervades  our  society  ; 
that  those  in  possession  of  property  are  powerful ; 
and  that  as  most  of  those  who  desire  a  different 
state  of  affairs  live  under  constant  economic 
pressure  it  is  exceedingly  difficult  for  them, 
with  the  best  intentions,  to  act  in  an  entirely 
disinterested  way.  These  are  the  factors  in  the 
present  situation,  and  they  are  sufficient  to  make 
any  transition  to  Collectivism  impracticable,  even 
if  it  were  desirable,  which  in  this  connection  I 
am  persuaded  it  is  not. 

I  insist  upon  a  frank  recognition  of  these 
facts  because  it  is  only  on  such  terms  that  it 
will  be  possible  for  us  to  handle  the  present 
situation  with  any  measure  of  success.  Though 
we  may  recognize  that  communism  is  not  imme- 
diately practicable,  let  us  not  lose  sight  of  the 
fact  that  it  is  our  goal  ;  for  we  may  test  the 
value  of  any  idea  based  upon  the  necessity  of 
compromise  by  reference  to  it.  If  it  strengthens 
personal  and  human  ties,  then  it  is  making  for 
communism,  for  communism  is  only  possible  when 
men  and  women  are  bound  together  in  such 
ways.  But  if  it  ignore  this  necessity,  and  seek 
to  substitute  for  such  ties  the  impersonal  activity 
of  the  State,  then  it  is  a  certainty  that  such  ideas 
will,  in  their  ultimate  workings,  prove  to  be 
anti-communal.  This  is  my  objection  to  the 


ON  PROPERTY  171 

nationalization  of  property.  It  involves  bureau- 
cracy, and  as  bureaucracy  is  the  impersonal 
instrument  of  the  State,  it  stands  condemned  as 
an  anti-communal  form  of  organization. 

Recognizing  then  on  the  one  hand  that  the 
nationalization  of  property  is  not  only  impractic- 
able but  undesirable,  and  on  the  other  that  we 
have  become  too  individualistic  in  temperament 
to  render  organization  on  a  communist  basis 
practicable  for  the  time  being,  common  sense 
suggests  the  desirability  of  reviving  the  Mediaeval 
attitude  towards  property,  which  steers  a  safe 
middle  course  between  the  impracticable  and  the 
undesirable.  The  Mediaeval  economists,  who 
appear  to  have  debated  the  question  of  property 
very  thoroughly,  finally  threw  over  Plato's  idea 
of  common  property  and  private  use  in  favour 
of  Aristotle's  idea  of  private  property  and 
common  use,  which  they  considered  more  suitable 
to  this  workaday  world.  They  thought  that 
common  property  was  suitable  for  a  religious 
community  each  member  of  which  accepted  a 
discipline,  but  not  for  those  who  were  unprepared 
to  do  so.  St.  Thomas  Aquinas  held  that 
private  property  was  necessary  for  three  reasons. 
"  Firstly,  because  every  one  is  more  solicitous 
about  procuring  what  belongs  to  himself  alone 
than  that  which  is  common  to  all  or  many,  since 
each,  shunning  labour,  leaves  to  another  what  is 
the  common  burden  of  all,  as  happens  with  a 
multitude  of  servants.  Secondly,  because  human 
affairs  are  conducted  in  a  more  orderly  fashion 


172  ON  PROPERTY 

if  each  has  his  own  duty  of  procuring  a  certain 
thing,  while  there  would  be  confusion  if  each 
should  procure  things  haphazard.  Thirdly, 
because  in  this  way  the  peace  of  men  is  better 
preserved,  for  each  is  content  with  his  own. 
Whence  we  see  that  strife  more  frequently  arises 
among  those  that  hold  a  thing  in  common  and 
undividedly.  The  other  office  which  is  a  man's 
concerning  exterior  things  is  the  use  of  them  ; 
and  with  regard  to  this  a  man  ought  not  to 
hold  exterior  things  as  his  own,  but  common 
to  all,  that  he  may  portion  them  out  to  others 
readily  in  time  of  need." 

Mediaeval  economists  accepted  private  pro- 
perty as  a  convenient  arrangement  for  managing 
human  affairs.  But  they  did  not  consider 
possession  as  absolute.  A  man  held  property 
in  trust  for  the  commonweal.1  To  succour  the 
needy  was  enjoined  upon  them,  and  to  with- 
hold alms  under  certain  circumstances  was  to 
commit  mortal  sin.  St.  Thomas  Aquinas,  along 
with  others,  held  that  in  case  of  urgent  necessity 
a  man  might  take  the  property  of  another  either 
openly  or  secretly,  and  it  was  not  to  be  con- 
sidered as  theft.  St.  Ambrose  says,  "  More 
than  is  sufficient  for  one's  need  is  wrongfully 
held  "  :  while  St.  Antonino  insisted  that  should 
the  need  arise  the  State  might  take  over  the 
common  ownership  of  all  the  forms  of  wealth, 

1  Since  these  words  were  written  this  principle  has  been 
defined  as  the  principle  of  function  by  Mr.  de  Maeztu  'in 
Authority,  Liberty,  and  Function  in  the  Light  of  the  War. 


ON  PROPERTY  173 

but  he  regards  such  a  State  as  violent  and  im- 
practicable,   though   not   contrary  to   justice. 

The  opinions  of  the  Medievalists  in  this  con- 
nection are  interesting.  If  St.  Antonino  con- 
sidered that  State  ownership  was  impracticable, 
and  mediaeval  thinkers  were  all  agreed  that 
average  human  nature  was  not  then  sufficiently 
noble  to  render  possible  the  common  ownership 
of  wealth,  are  we  justified  in  considering  it  more 
practicable  to-day,  when  the  spirit  of  avarice 
reigns  supreme,  and  when  experience  has  proved 
it  impossible  to  provide  by  checks  and  counter- 
checks against  the  abuses  of  dishonest  men? 
Obviously,  before  common  ownership  is  practic- 
able a  change  would  need  to  come  over  the  spirit 
of  society,  and  if  such  a  change  came  about  the 
need  would  no  longer  be  felt.  Looked  at  from 
this  point  of  view,  the  proposal  to  nationalize 
property  seems  to  partake  more  of  the  nature 
of  a  protest  against  the  monstrous  injustice  of 
present-day  economic  arrangements  than  a  prac- 
tical administrative  proposition.  The  experience 
of  history  appears  to  prove  that  the  common 
ownership  of  land  is  possible  within  the  limits 
of  a  village  community  ;  and  I  think  it  would 
be  possible  for  small  local  Guilds  to  own  property 
in  the  form  of  houses,  etc.,  and  no  harm  would 
come.  But  if  the  Guilds  were  large,  I  feel  sure 
common  ownership  would  destroy  the  liberty  of 
the  individual.  Common  property  ceases  to  be 
desirable  at  that  point  when  a  community 
becomes  too  large  for  the  individuals  who  com- 


174  ON   PROPERTY 

pose  it  to  be  personally  well  known  to  each  other. 
Moreover,  it  is  not  desirable  to  forbid  private 
property  for  another  reason.  Society  is  largely 
dependent  for  its  vitality  upon  the  public-spirited 
action  of  individuals  who  are  in  a  position  of 
comparative  independence.  Men  may  circulate 
new  ideas  though  they  have  no  property,  but 
their  reduction  to  practice  depends  ultimately 
upon  the  action  of  men  who  are  economically 
independent.  It  is  necessary  to  have  a  sure 
footing  in  the  material  world  if  a  man  is  to 
affect  material  results.  To  what  extent  this  will 
be  necessary  in  the  future  it  is  impossible  to 
say  ;  but  there  is  no  denying  that  it  holds  good 
to-day,  and  will  do  so  for  a  considerable  time 
to  come. 


THE  final  test  as  to  whether  a  man  is  a  Collec- 
tivist  or  a  Guildsman  is  to  be  found  in  his 
partiality  for  the  Leisure  or  the  Work  State. 
If  he  favours  the  Leisure  State,  then  he  will  be 
found  to  be  at  heart  a  Collectivist,  while  if  he 
is  a  Guildsman  he  will  have  nothing  to  do 
with  it. 

It  is  easy,  of  course,  to  understand  why  the 
Leisure  State  should  have  the  more  popular 
appeal  of  the  two  conceptions.  It  appeals  to 
the  immediate  needs  of  the  majority.  More 
leisure  connotes  less  toil,  and  for  the  majority 
who  are  slave-driven  it  appears  to  offer  them 
immediate  relief  from  the  oppression  they  suffer. 
Nevertheless,  I  am  persuaded  that  it  is  an  utterly 
impossible  dream  so  far  as  the  majority  are 
concerned,  and  that  their  salvation  is  not  to 
be  found  in  a  policy  which,  accepting  present 
conditions  of  labour,  aims  at  reducing  working 
hours  to  a  minimum — the  ideal  of  the  advocates 
of  the  Leisure  State — but  rather  in  the  humaniza- 
tion  of  labour  which  we  associate  with  the  Work 
State. 

1T5 


176    THE   LEISURE  AND   WORK   STATES 

I  have  associated  the  idea  of  the  Leisure 
State  with  Collectivist  ways  of  thinking  because 
it  seems  to  me  to  involve  another  state — the 
Servile  State.  To  me  the  Leisure  State  and 
the  Servile  State  are  complementary — the  one 
involves  the  other.  I  cannot  conceive  of  a  state 
of  society  in  which  everybody  lived  a  life  of 
idleness  and  pleasure,  because  the  pursuit  of 
pleasure  inevitably  leads  to  selfishness.  "  It  is 
fitting,"  says  St.  Thomas  Aquinas,  "  that  there 
should  be  some  pleasure  in  human  intercourse, 
as  it  were  a  condiment,  so  that  the  soul  of  man 
may  be  refreshed."  But  this  is  a  fundamentally 
different  thing  from  the  organization  of  society 
on  a  basis  of  pleasure,  for  pleasure,  if  it  is  to 
be  really  enjoyed,  must  not  be  pursued  as  an 
end  in  itself,  but  must  come  as  a  by-product, 
as  it  were,  of  virtuous  activity.  The  pursuit 
of  pleasure  defeats  its  own  purpose,  for  in  the 
long  run  it  destroys  the  possibility  of  further 
pleasure.  It  leads  to  boredom  and  finally  to 
selfishness  because,  softened  by  delights,  men 
become  lazy.  The  very  thought  of  work  becomes 
irksome  to  them,  and  in  that  frame  of  mind 
they  have  neither  the  will  nor  the  inclination  to 
do  their  share  of  the  work  of  the  community. 
They  would  seek  to  evade  their  responsibilities, 
and  to  transfer  on  to  the  shoulders  of  others 
burdens  which  are  disagreeable  to  them.  Thus 
the  Leisure  State  would  only  intensify  present 
social  evils,  by  giving  permanence  to  a  state 
of  things  in  which  the  work  of  the  community  is 


THE  LEISURE  AND  WORK  STATES    177 

not  distributed  equally  among1  its  members,  but  is 
done  by  those  whose  economic  necessity  leaves 
them  no  option  in  the  matter — or,  in  other  words, 
it  leads  to  the  Servile  State.  Nay,  is  not  pre- 
cisely the  pursuit  of  pleasure  to-day  the  instru- 
ment which  is  bringing  into  existence  the  Servile 
State?  The  desire  for  wealth  is,  so  far  as  the 
majority  are  concerned,  the  des'ire  for  pleasure 
and  luxury.  For  a  century  or  more  the  reward 
held  out  to  labour  has  been  its  release  from  the 
necessity  of  work,  and  nowadays,  when  this  spirit 
has  come  to  pervade  the  whole  community, 
labour  is  treated  with  a  measure  of  callous- 
ness and  brutality  such  as  civilization  never 
witnessed  before. 

The  civilization  of  ancient  Greece,  which 
approximated  in  some  degree  to  the  Leisure 
State,  was  based  upon  slavery.  The  Greeks 
were  a  logically  minded  people.  Their  ideal,  in 
so  far  as  it  was  formulated,  was  that  of  the 
perfect  soul  in  the  perfect  body.  But  realizing 
that  the  perfection  of  the  body  was  incompatible 
with  manual  labour,  they  preferred  to  compro- 
mise with  the  demands  of  the  soul,  and  so  they 
frankly  accepted  the  institution  of  slavery,  while 
they  sought  to  justify  this  compromise  by  assert- 
ing that  some  men  were  slaves  by  nature.  With 
them  excellence  was  for  the  few,  not  for  the 
many.  The  modern  man  is  incapable  of  such 
cold-blooded  logic.  He  always  thinks  he  can 
have  things  both  ways.  He  thinks  it  is  possible 
for  every  one  to  enjoy  a  life  of  leisure  and  have 

12 


178     THE  LEISURE  AND  WORK  STATES 

servile  conditions  of  labour  abolished  at  the  same 
time,  and  the  reason  he  can  entertain  this  idea 
is  because  he  thinks  the  introduction  of  machinery, 
has,  by  increasing  the  possibilities  o'f  quantitative 
output,  removed  the  only  limitation  which  made 
the  Greek  ideal  incompatible  with  democracy. 

But  in  this  he  is  mistaken.  Machinery  can 
never  alter  the  laws  of  morality.  It  is  all  very 
well  to  argue  in  the  abstract  that  with  the  proper 
application  of  machinery  labour  might  be  reduced 
to  three  or  two  hours  a  day.  But  in  the  concrete 
things  work  out  differently.  However  much  in 
theory  we  may  divorce  economics  from  morals, 
in  practice  they  are  never  so  divorced.  The 
two  go  hand  in  hand,  and  it  is  only  by  frankly 
recognizing  this  fact  that  it  is  possible  to  calcu- 
late with  any  degree  of  precision  in  human 
affairs.  The  fact  that  servile  labour  tends  to 
produce  servile  men — that  it  debases  the  cur- 
rency of  labour — cannot  be  altered.  Reasonable 
pleasure  has  its  basis  in  reasonable  work,  and 
if  men  are  turned  into  machines,  or  are  engaged 
in  mechanical  occupations  which  bring  them  no 
pleasure,  then  their  life  is  corrupted  at  its  roots. 
It  matters  little  if  that  work  be  reduced  to  four 
or  even  two  hours  a  day,  the  corruption  will 
be  there  all  the  same,  and  it  will  corrupt  the 
leisure  which  accompanies  it.  For  at  the  centre 
of  life  there  will  be  a  vacuum  which  requires 
to  be  filled,  and  the  demon  of  selfishness  will 
enter  in,  for  men  who  are  not  happy  in  their 
work  will  be  incapable  of  resistance.  Their 


whole  thought  will  be  fixed  on  the  pleasures 
outside,  and  to  secure  that  pleasure  they  will  be 
found  ready  to  sacrifice  the  lives  of  those  who 
are  not  so  fortunately  placed. 

I  said  that  the  Greek  States  were  Leisure 
States.  This  statement  needs  qualification.  We 
must  not  forget  that  the  Greek  States  were  also 
military  States.  The  practice  of  military  exer- 
cises occupied  much  of  their  leisure,  while  the 
ever-constant  fear  of  foreign  invasion  imposed 
on  them  a  discipline.  It  was  this  which  held 
them  together.  No  sooner  was  this  fear  of 
invasion  dispelled  and  the  Leisure  State  definitely 
inaugurated  than  the  Greek  States  immediately, 
fell  to  pieces.  The  final  defeat  of  the  Persian 
army  at  Platasa  marks  the  beginning  of  the 
decline  of  Greek  civilization.  Prior  to  that  battle 
the  Greeks  had  lived  in  fear  of  a  Persian  inva- 
sion, and  their  whole  life  had  been  ordered  to 
meet  the  needs  of  warfare.  But  when  at  last 
the  Persians  had  been  defeated  the  whole  atmo- 
sphere changed.  The  growth  of  foreign  trade 
and  the  luxuries  which  followed  it  everywhere 
undermined  their  military  virtues.  Relieved  from 
the  necessity  of  manual  labour  and  without  a 
.religion  which,  by  appealing  to  their  hearts  and 
consciences,  might  exalt  the  ideal  of  self-restraint, 
there  was  no  power  to  check  them  once  they 
were  fairly  embarked  on  the  pursuit  of  pleasure. 
Indeed,  the  history  of  Greece,  as  of  Rome,  demon- 
strates clearly  that  the  Pagan  ideal  of  self- 
sufficiency  and  self-assertiveness  on  a  basis  of 


sensuous  enjoyment  is  not  an  ideal  by  which 
society  can  live.  It  could  not  save  its  followers 
from  moral  enervation,  dissatisfaction  with  life, 
and  corruption.  Such  was  the  end  of  the  Leisure 
State  in  the  past,  and  such,  I  am  persuaded, 
will  be  the  fate  of  the  Leisure  State  at  which 
so-called  social  reformers  are  aiming.  It  will 
fall  to  pieces  from  lack  of  any  stability  of 
character,  for  every  society  needs  a  discipline 
if  it  is  to  be  stable.  If  it  is  not  imposed  from 
within,  it  will  need  to  be  imposed  from  without. 
But  the  Modernist  hates  the  very  thought  of 
discipline,  as,  indeed,  every  other  reality.  He 
will  have  his  deserts. 


XXV 
CONCLUSION 

IN  bringing  this  analysis  to  a  close,  my  immediate 
purpose  will  have  been  served  if  I  succeed  in 
impressing  upon  Socialists  the  fact  that  the  solu- 
tion of  the  social  problem  is  not  quite  so  simple 
a  matter  as  probably  the  majority  have  been 
accustomed  to  suppose — that  the  confusion  which 
has  followed  attempts  to  give  practical  applica- 
tion to  their  principles  is  for  the  most  part  due 
to  the  fact  that  they  do  not  finally  touch  reality. 
For  though  it  may  be  admitted  that  the  present 
distribution  of  wealth,  involving  extremes  of  riches 
and  'poverty,  is  an  evil  of  the  first  magnitude, 
such  maldistribution  is  yet  only  the  outward  and 
visible  sign  of  an  inward  and  spiritual  disease. 
Any  political  activity  which  would  treat  the  social 
problem  as  a  purely  materialist  issue  is  doomed 
from  its  first  inception. 

But  will  come  the  objection  :  Granted  that 
the  social  problem  is  as  complex  as  I  have  shown 
it  to  be,  it  is,  nevertheless,  necessary  for  the 
practical  purposes  of  reform  to  make  a  selection 
from  the  many  problems  which  our  society  pre- 
sents, and  to  concentrate  upon  them,  if  anything 

181 


182  CONCLUSION 

is  to  be  accomplished.  To  this  I  answer  that 
there  is  no  objection  to  such  a  selection  being 
made,  providing  that  attempts  are  not  made  to 
effect  by  political  effort  changes  which  can  only 
follow  success  in  other  spheres  of  activity,  and 
that  the  importance  of  other  forms  of  activity 
be  not  underrated,  especially  such  as  aim  at 
the  stimulation  of  thought.  The  crystallization 
of  the  thought  and  practical  activities  of  the 
movement  around  purely  material  issues  is  to  be 
traced  back  to  the  struggle  between  iWilliam 
Morris  and  Mr.  Sidney  Webb  and  their  supporters 
in  the  'eighties,  which  decided  the  subsequent 
history  of  the  movement.  The  issue  which  brought 
that  struggle  to  a  head  was  whether  or  no  the 
movement  should  organize  itself  for  political 
action.  Morris  and  his  supporters  opposed  this 
new  development,  insisting  that,  for  some  time  to 
come,  not  politics  but  education  should  be  the 
order  of  the  day.  But  they  were  defeated,  and 
from  that  day  forward  it  became  increasingly 
the  policy  of  the  movement  to  suppress  within 
itself  all  forms  of  intellectual  activity  which  were 
subversive  to  the  political  propaganda.  Consider- 
ing the  many  crazy  notions  which  in  those  days 
masqueraded  under  the  cloak  of  Socialism,  there 
may  perhaps  have  been  some  justification  for  the 
political  propagandists,  and  no  harm  might  have 
come  of  the  suppression  had  it  been  merely 
an  expedient  for  effecting  certain  temporary  pur- 
poses. But  once  the  movement  was  fairly  em- 
barked on  political  activity,  it  seemed  to  have 


CONCLUSION  183 

no  further  use  for  ideas  as  such,  with  the  result 
that  it  became  first  intellectually  sterile  and  then 
politically  impotent.  Embarking  on  political 
activity  before  a  firm  foundation  of  clear  thinking 
had  been  laid,  compromise  became  inevitable. 
The  demand  for  great  and  fundamental  changes 
receded  more  and  more  into  the  background,  while 
the  advocacy  of  palliatives  became  increasingly 
the  order  of  the  day.  To  correct  this  tendency 
there  is  but  one  thing  to  be  done.  The  movement 
must  for  the  present  abandon  its  political  aspira- 
tions, and  seek  to  fortify  itself  by  a  return  to 
fundamentals,  since,  until  a  basis  of  clear  thinking 
has  been  well  and  securely  laid,  it  is  impossible 
with  safety  to  advocate  practical  measures  at  all, 
because  it  is  certain  they  will  be  misapplied. 
Nay,  until  such  a  foundation  is  laid,  practical 
measures  remain  impracticable,  because  their 
significance  will  not  be  understood  by  the 
people.  Quack  remedies  will  be  more  acceptable 
to  them. 

Among  the  ideas  the  suppression  of  which 
has  led  to  the  present  intellectual  sterility  of 
the  movement  is  the  doctrine  of  catastrophism. 
It  is  easy  to  understand  why  the  Fabian  Society 
sought  to  discredit  it.  If  the  Socialist  movement 
was  to  enter  the  political  arena,  it  could  only  do 
so  on  the  assumption  that  existing  society  could 
be  reformed.  Catastrophism  denied  such  a  possi- 
bility. It  affirmed  that  the  disease  of  our  society 
had  proceeded  so  far  that  a  cure  apart  from  the 
total  destruction  of  the  existing  social  order  was 


184  CONCLUSION 

out  of  the  question.  Accordingly,  it  happened 
that  the  Fabian  Society  substituted  evolution  for 
revolution  as  the  watchword  of  reform.  They 
thought  it  a  fine  thing  to  do,  but  experience  has 
proved  the  contrary.  The  denial  of  catastrophism 
not  only  so  emasculated  Socialist  doctrine  as  to 
rob  it  of  all  virility,  but  strangled  all  new  thought 
within  the  movement.  This  was  just  what  might 
have  been  expected.  Deny  the  possibility  of  a 
catastrophic  ending  of  modern  tendency,  and  the 
revolutionary  spirit  goes  with  it.  The  reformer 
must  take  existing  society  in  its  main  essentials 
for  granted.  All  that  is  left  for  him  to  do  is 
to  devise  schemes  for  the  amelioration  of  social 
conditions  ;  he  cannot  attack  the  disease  at  its 
source  because  he  is  no  longer  permitted  to  ques- 
tion things  fundamental  to  the  existing  social 
order. 

Sufficient  has  perhaps  been  said  to  drive  home 
the  fact  that  if  the  movement  is  to  recover  its 
old  time  virility,  it  must,  before  all  things,  re- 
affirm the  catastrophic  doctrine.  But  it  must 
reaffirm  it  with  a  difference,  for  the  Marxian 
theory  was  only  partly  true.  As  I  explained  in  the 
article  on  National  Guilds  and  the  General  Strike, 
Marx  was  right  in  predicting  the  catastrophic  end- 
ing of  the  industrial  system,  but  he  was  wrong 
in  assuming  that  out  of  the  unemployed  a  force 
for  revolution  could  be  created.1  Marx's  error 
of  judgment  had  a  most  unfortunate  influence 
upon  the  policy  of  his  followers,  for  it  led  them 
1  See  footnote  to  page  56. 


CONCLUSION  185 

to  oppose  all  measures  for  the  temporary  allevia- 
tion of  existing  distress,  on  the  assumption  that 
palliatives  would  tend  to  delay  the  coming  of 
revolution.  Such  a  policy  was  inhuman,  and  it 
is  not  surprising  that  the  majority  of  Socialists 
shrank  from  giving  unqualified  support  to  a 
doctrine  so  incompatible  with  their  better  feel- 
ings. But  with  us  it  will  be  different.  For  being 
of  the  opinion  that  when  the  revolution  does  come 
it  will  follow  an  impact  from  without,  in  reviv- 
ing the  doctrine  of  catastrophism  we  shall 
not  feel  ourselves  committed  to  such  a  policy, 
for  palliatives  would  be  unable  to  prevent  its 
coming. 

Such,  then,  is  the  parting  of  the  ways.  The 
choice  which  we  have  to  make  is  whether  we 
accept  existing  society  in  its  main  essentials  in 
the  belief  that  the  evils  which  it  has  brought 
into  existence  may  be  abolished  ;  or  whether, 
convinced  that  the  evils  are  organic  with  the  very 
structure  of  society,  we  seek  to  replace  existing 
society  by  a  society  based  upon  the  civilization 
of  the  past.  If  the  latter  be  our  choice,  we 
shall  become  stronger.  We  shall  gain  in  clarity 
of  vision  and  certainty  of  aim.  But  if  such  be 
not  the  case,  and  we  still  keep  on  saying  "  We 
cannot  go  back,"  then  all  I  can  say  is  that  we 
must  go  forward  to  increasing  misery,  to  in- 
creasing confusion,  to  increasing  despair  ;  and 
finally  to  that  recrudescence  of  barbarism  which 
science  is  to-day  restoring  under  the  mask  of  civi- 
lization. For  no  pretence  that  things  are  other- 


186  CONCLUSION 

wise,  no  compromise  with  things  as  they  are, 
can  save  us  from  that  great  and  universal 
catastrophe  in  which  the  civilization  of  indus- 
trialism will  find  its  inevitable  ending. 


Printed  in  Great  Britain  by 

UNWJN  BPOTIIBRS,  LIMITED,  Till  ORVSHAU  TRESS,  WOKINQ  Avr>  I  ONI'oV 


Towards  Industrial  Freedom 

BY  EDWARD   CARPENTER 

Crown  8p<?.  Paper,  ^s.  6d.  net.     Cloth,  $s.  6d.  net. 

This  new  work  by  Mr.  Edward  Carpenter,  consisting  of  a  series 
of  papers  on  the  subject  of  the  new  organizations  and  new  principles 
which  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  established  in  the  world  of  Industry  after  the 
war,  will  be  eagerly  welcomed  by  all  thoughtful  people. 

The  Present  Position  and 
Power  of  the  Press 

BY   HILAIRE    BELLOC 

Crown  Svo.  ^s.  6d.  net.     Postage  $«l. 

The  purpose  of  this  essay  is  to  discuss  the  evils  of  the  great  modern 
Capitalist  Press,  its  function  in  vitiating  and  misinforming  opinion,  and 
in  putting  power  into  ignoble  hands  ;  its  correction  by  the  formation  of 
small  independent  organs,  and  their  probably  increasing  effect. 

Economic   Conditions 

1815  and   1914 

Crown  *vo.    BY  H.  R.  HODGES,  B.Sc.  (Econ.)    *s.  6J.  net. 

A  book  of  facts  concerning  a  century's  progress  in  the  material  welfare 
of  the  people  of  England,  comparing  their  economic  position  and 
power,  occupations  and  remuneration  at  the  end  of  one  great  European 
war  and  the  outbreak  of  a  greater. 

The  book,  with  its  interesting  tables  and  diagrams,  gives  a  clear 
picture  of  the  improvement,  and  it  vyill  also  refresh  the  memories  of  the 
conditions  and  outlook  of  the  people  in  the  last  days  of  peace. 

The  True  Cause  of  the  Com- 
mercial Difficulties  of  Gt.  Britain 

BY  CECIL  BALFOUR  PHIPSON 

EDITED  BY  MARK  B.   F.   MAJOR  AND  EDWARD  W.   EDSALL 
Crown  8 ro.  2s.  6 a.  net.     Postage  ^d. 

This  work  discloses  an  unconsidered  (but  surprisingly  obvious)  factor  in 
the  fiscal  controversy,  showing  that  since  the  internationalization  of  gold 
the  principles  of  Free  Trade  have  ceased  to  operate,  and  that  for  their 
restoration  Great  Britain  must  regain  the  use  of  a  purely  national  money 
standard,  such  as  she  used  prior  to  187^,  when  her  commercial  prosperity 
was  phenomenal, 


Home  Truths  about  the  War 

BY  THE  REV.  HUGH  B.  CHAPMAN,  Chaplain  of  the  Savoy 

Crown  8vo.  zs.  6J.  net.     Postage  \d. 

An  effort  to  arrive  at  the  psychology  of  the  war  so  far  as  it  affects 
ordinary  people,  and  to  assert  with  humour,  but  without  bitterness, 
truths  to  which  many  are  longing  to  give  expression.  The  object  of 
the  writer  is  to  insist  on  the  fact  that  at  this  moment  the  combination 
of  patriotism  nnd  piety  is  the  one  lesson  of  the  war. 

The   Menace   of  Peace 

By  GEORGE  D.  HERRON.  Crown  8vo.  2s.  6d.  net.  Postage  $d. 
The  purpose  of  "  The  Menace  of  Peace  "  is  to  show  that  the  war  is  but 
the  outward  expression  of  a  human  conflict  that  is  spiritual,  and  the  issue 
of  which  will  decide  destiny  for  long  centuries  to  come.  The  world  is  at 
the  cross-roads  of  history,  and  is  there  summoned  to  decide  between  the 
democratic  principle  represented,  however  unconsciously,  by  the  Allies,  and 
the  autocratic  principle,  consciously  represented  by  the  Central  Powers. 
The  war,  in  its  last  analysis,  is  between  elemental  earth-forces  incarnated 
in  Germany  and  the  Christ  principle  which  has  slowly  and  even  doubt- 
fully gained  recognition  in  the  democratic  countries.  For  the  war  to 
close,  and  the  world  not  know  what  it  has  been  fighting  about,  would 
be  the  supreme  catastrophe  of  history.  A  compromise  between  the  con- 
tending belligerents  would  be  a  betrayal  of  the  peoples  of  every  nation, 
and  would  issue  in  universal  mental  and  moral  confusion,  and  the  millions 
who  have  died  would  have  died  in  vain.  The  supreme  opportunity  of 
man  would  have  proven  itself  greater  than  man. 

The  Future  of  Constantinople 

By   LEONARD   S.   WOOLF 

Crown  Bvo.  zs.  6d.  net.     Postage  \d. 

This  work  deals  with  one  of  the  most  vital  problems  of  British  foreign 
policy,  the  settlement  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  after  the  war.  It  proposes 
and  discusses  a  settlement  of  Constantinople  based  upon  the  political, 
economic,  and  strategic  interests  not  of  one  nation,  but  of  all  nations. 
The  possibility  of  its  administration  by  an  international  organ,  modelled 
on  the  European  Commission  of  the  Danube,  is  examined  in  detail,  and 
the  history  and  achievements  of  the  Danube  Commission  are  for  the 
first  time  in  this  book  made  fully  available  for  English  readers. 

AStudyin 

Militarism 
BY   J.   RAMSAY   MACDONALD,   M.P. 

Crown  Svo.  THIRD  IMPRESSION.       zs.  6d.  net.    Postage  \d. 

This  book  discusses  in  an  original  and  forceful  way  the  problem  of 
National  Defence  and  International  Peace.  Mr.  Macdonald  is  not  content 
to  restate  the  familiar  arguments  of  pacifists  drawn  from  the  sentiments 
outraged  by  war,  but  boldly  faces  the  military  problems  of  national 
defence  as  a  student  of  military  writers, 


Case   for    Independence 

BY   EDWARD    BENES,    D.LITT. 

Lecturer  at  Prague   University,  etc,  etc. 

WITH   AN   INTRODUCTION   BY  HENRY  WICKHAM   STEED 

Foreign  Editor  of  The  Times. 

Crown  8vo.  ^s.  6d.  net. 

A  clever  exposition  of  the  Czccho-Slovak  claim  for  independence  from 
the  historical,  economic,  and  political  point  of  view.  It  reveals  Austrian 
terrorism  in  Bohemia  during  the  war  and  proves  that  the  dismemberment 
of  ithe  Dual  Monarchy  is  the  only  solution  if  a  permanent  peace  in 
Europe  is  to  be  established. 

The   United    States  and   the 

BY  GILBERT 
VIVIAN   SELDES 

Crown  8vo.  2s.  6d.  net.     "Postage  ^d. 

"  The  United  States  and  the  War  "  is  an  explanation  of  what  the  United 
States  has  done  and  has  not  done  since  August  1914.  The  explanation  is 
found,  not  in  the  political  efforts  of  individuals,  but  in  the  traditions  and 
social  ideals  of  the  American  people  themselves.  On  the  same  basis  the 
book  discusses  the  possible  relations  of  the  United  States  with  the  liberal 
nations  of  Europe.  The  author  is  an  American  journalist  now  living 
in  England. 

The  American   League   to 
Enforce  Peace 

BY  C.  R.  ASHBEE 

WITH  AN  INTRODUCTION  BY  G.   LOWES  DICKINSON 
Crown  Svo.  2s.  6d.  net.     Tostage  ^d. 

The  American  League  to  Enforce  Peace,  a  study  of  whose  objects  by 
Mr.  C.  R.  Ashbee  we  publish,  may  turn  out  to  be  one  of  the  great  land 
marks  of  the  war.  It  will  sever  the  United  States  from  their  traditional 
policy,  and  bring  them  into  a  new  comity  of  nations.  The  American 
challenge  is  to  every  democracy  in  Europe  and  it  was  significant  that 
the  League  was  inaugurated  in  May  1915  in  Independence  Hall,  the 
historic  home  of  the  signing  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence.  Mr. 
Ashbee,  who,  with  one  exception,  was  the  only  Englishman  present  at 
the  League's  inauguration,  goes  into  the  question  of  its  policy  and  the 
force  that  underlies  it  (it  is  no  peace  campaign). 


A  Bulwark  against  Germany 

The  Fight  of  the  Slovenes,  the  Western  Branch 

of  the  Jugoslavs,  for  National  Existence 

BY   BOGUMIL   VOSNJAK 

Late  Lecturer  of  the  University  of  Zagreb  (Croatia). 

TRANSLATED  BT  FANNY  S.  COPELAND 

Crown  Svo.  4*.  6J.  net.     Postage  $J. 

After  the  dismemberment  of  the  Habsburg  Empire  the  union  of  the 
Jagoslav  nation — the  Serbs,  Croats,  and  Slovenes — in  one  State  will  be 
one  of  the  most  important  features  of  future  Europe.  From  the 
beginning  of  the  Middle  Ages  down  to  the  present  great  war  the 
western-most  branch  of  this  nation,  the  Slovenes,  have  waged  a  brave 
struggle  against  German  imperialism.  The  "  Bulwark "  explains  the 
historical,  political,  social,  and  economical  evolution  of  the  Slovenes, 
who  will  be  a  strong  factor  in  the  building  up  of  the  great  Serbia  or 
Jugoslavia  of  to-morrow. 

A   Dying  Empire 

BY   BOGUMIL   VOSNJAK 
WITH  A  PREFACE  BY  T.  P.  O'CONNOR,  M.P. 
Crown  8vo.  4*.  6d.  net.     "Postage  ^d. 

In  this  account  of  the  Dying  Empire  of  Austria  the  author  has  tried 
to  describe  the  sociological  factors  in  the  breakdown  of  the  Hapsburg 
Empire,  and  to  show  that  in  the  fabric  of  a  "  Central  Europe  "  is  closely 
woven  the  idea  of  a  predominating  Pan-Germanism.  Either  Germany 
must  stretch  from  Hamburg  to  Trieste  and  Salonika,  or  Austria-Hungary 
must  be  dismembered.  There  is  no  alternative. 

Poland   Past  and   Present 

Crown  %vo.  BY  J.   H.   HARLEY  4/.  6J.net.  Postage  $J. 

Some  new  and  vital  details  of  the  recent  history  of  this  unfortunate 
country  are  conveyed  to  British  readers  in  Mr.  J.  H.  Harley's  vividly 
interesting  volume.  It  is  preceded  by  a  preface  from  the  pen  of 
Mr.  Ladislas  Mickiewicz — the  son  of  the  great  1'olish  poet — which  states 
the  attitude  of  the  Polish  people  to  Germany,  and  reveals  how  deeply 
their  sympathies  are  enlisted  in  the  cause  of  the  Allies.  A  notable  feature 
of  the  book  is  a  record  of  the  attempts  made  by  the  Germans  in 
Poland  dm  ing  the  last  few  months  to  seduce  Poland  from  her  confidence 
in  the  justice  of  the  Western  Powers. 


Democracy  After  the  War 

BY  J.  A.   HOBSON 

Crewn  8vo.  \s.  6<J.  net. 

It  is  the  writer's  object  to  indicate  the  nature  of  the  struggle  which 
will  confront  the  public  of  this  country  for  the  achievement  of  political 
and  industrial  democracy  when  the  war  is  over.  The  economic  roots 
of  Militarism  and  of  the  confederacy  of  reactionary  influences  which 
are  found  supporting  it — Imperialism,  Protectionism,  Conservatism, 
Bureaucracy,  Capitalism — are  subjected  to  a  critical  analysis.  The 
safeguarding  and  furtherance  of  the  interests  of  Improperly  and 
Profiteering  are  exhibited  as  the  directing  and  moulding  influences  of 
domestic  and  foreign  policy,  and  their  exploitation  of  other  more  dis- 
interested motives  is  traced  in  the  conduct  of  Parties,  Church,  Press, 
and  various  educational  and  other  social  institutions.  The  latter  portion 
of  the  book  discusses  the  policy  by  which  these  hostile  forces  may  be 
overcome  and  Democracy  may  be  achieved,  and  contains  a  vigorous 
plea  for  a  new  free  policy  of  popular  education. 

The  Framework  of  a  Lasting 
Peace 

Demy  81/0.   EDITED  BY  LEONARD  S.  WOOLF       4/.  6</. 

This  work  contains  a  collection  of  all  the  more  important  schemes 
which  have  been  put  forward  in  America,  Britain,  and  on  the  Continent 
for  a  League  of  Nations  which  shall  have  as  its  object  the  reconstruction 
of  international  society  and  the  prevention  of  war.  Mr.  Woolf,  in  an 
Introduction,  subjects  the  different  proposals  to  a  critical  examination, 
and  shows  that  upon  the  most  important  points  they  are  in  substantial 
agreement,  and  thus  indicate  the  lines  of  international  agreement  which 
practical  statesmanship  ought  to  follow  after  the  war. 

Practical     Pacifism     and     its 
Adversaries:  "is  it  Peace,  Jehu?" 

BY   DR.   SEVERIN    NORDENTOFT 
WITH  AN  INTRODUCTION  BY  G.  K.  CHESTERTON 

Crown  Svo.  4/.  6d.  net.      Postage  ^d. 

In  addition  to  making  definite  suggestions  as  to  the  lines  on  which  the 
Peace  Movement  should  go  to  work  after  the  war — suggestions  which  are 
both  obvious  and  practical — the  book  contains  a  reprint  of  a  pamphlet 
written  by  an  upper-class  native  of  Schleswig,  with  footnote  criticisms  by  a 
Prussian  scholar  of  unbiassed  views,  which  renders  very  sensational  and 
personal  testimony  to  the  terrible  discontent  and  bitter  rage  which  a 
conquered  nation  feels  in  its  humiliating  position  of  subjection — thus 
proving  beyond  all  doubt  that  the  chief  obstacle  that  the  Peace  Movement 
has  to  face  is  this  unnatural  denial  to  the  conquered  people  of  the  Rights 
of  Peace. 


The  Choice  Before  Us 

BY  G.  LOWES   DICKINSON 
Demy  %vo.  6s.  net.     Postage  6d. 

This  book  describes  briefly  the  prospect  before  the  world,  if  the  armed 
international  anarchy  is  to  continue,  and  to  be  extended  and  exasperated, 
after  the  war.  It  analyses  and  discusses  the  presuppositions  which 
underlie  Militarism.  And  having  argued  both  that  international  war  as 
it  will  be  conducted  in  the  future  implies  the  ruin  of  civilization,  and 
that  it  is  not  "  inevitable,"  sketches  the  kind  of  reorganization  that  is 
both  possible  and  essential  if  war  is  not  to  destroy  mankind. 

Principles    of    Social 
Reconstruction     3RD  IMPRESSION 

By  BERTRAND   RUSSELL,  F.R.S. 

Demy  8vo,  65.  net    Postage  6rf. 
"  Mr.  Russell  has  written  a  big  and  living  book." — Tht  Nation. 

Professionalism  &  Originality 

With  Some  Suggestions  for  National  Reconstruction 
BY  F.  H.   HAYWARD,  D.Lirr.,  B.Sc. 

Inspector  of  Schools,  Author  of  "  Educational  Administration  and  Criticism," 
Demy  8ve.  6s.  net.     Postage  $d. 

This  work  is  an  attempt  to  ascertain  and  tabulate  the  signs  or  stigmata 
of  the  conventional  ("  professional  ")  man  and  the  contrasted  stigmata  of 
the  creative  ("  original ")  man.  Various  suggestions  bearing  on  pro- 
fessional and  national  efficiency  are  appended.  In  view  of  the  privileged 
and  almost  irresponsible  positions  occupied  by  the  legal,  medical,  and 
other  professions,  and  of  tlie  obscurity  in  which  questions  of  professional 
superintendence  and  criticism  are  involved,  the  work  is  likely  to  prove  of 
considerable  importance.  Ample  quotations  are  made  from  contemporary 
events  and  literature. 


LONDON:   GEORGE   ALLEN   &   UNVV1N   LIMITED 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

305  De  Neve  Drive  -  Parking  Lot  17  •  Box  951388 

LOS  ANGELES,  CALIFORNIA  90095-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library  from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


n; '  ;  "•  ' 

LJ  Li  —.<_•.  t  \  u  !.,        • 


UCLA  ACSZcSS  SEF 

IntorliLrury  Loan 
1  i  J30  University  R 
Box  95 1575 
Los  Angeles,  CA 


VICES 

^search  Library 
90095-1575 


Q^uate  School  o 

University  of 
Los  Angela  M 


UCLA-GSM  Library 

HN389P380 


L  005  038  058  3 


UC  SOUTHERN  RE    ONAL    BRARY   AC    TV 


A    001311433    5